Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Devices / Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.

Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.

tndm · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker tndm
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Devices
Employees 2650
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2019 ANNUAL REPORT

with Control-IQ™ Technology

Eviola

diagnosed 
2012

See How Easy
Control

Can Be

•  Adjusts basal insulin delivery  

to help prevent highs and lows 

•  Delivers automatic correction  
boluses (up to one per hour)

•  Dedicated Exercise and Sleep 

Activities for more targeted control

Control-IQ technology does not prevent all highs and lows. You must still bolus for meals and actively 
manage your diabetes. For more information, please visit tandemdiabetes.com/tslimX2-use.

Important  Safety  Information:  Caution:  Federal  (USA)  law  restricts  the  t:slim  X2  insulin  pump  and  Control-IQ  technology  to  sale  by  or  on  the  order  of  a  physician.  The  t:slim  X2 
pump  and  Control-IQ  technology  are  intended  for  single  patient  use.  The  t:slim  X2  pump  and  Control-IQ  technology  are  indicated  for  use  with  NovoLog  or  Humalog  U-100  insulin. 
t:slim X2 insulin pump: The t:slim X2 insulin pump with interoperable technology is an alternate controller enabled (ACE) pump that is intended for the subcutaneous delivery of insulin, at set 
and variable rates, for the management of diabetes mellitus in people requiring insulin. The pump is able to reliably and securely communicate with compatible, digitally connected devices, 
(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:88)(cid:71)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:74)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:88)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:86)(cid:88)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:71)(cid:82)(cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:74)(cid:3)(cid:86)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:87)(cid:90)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:3)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:76)(cid:89)(cid:72)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:72)(cid:91)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:88)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:70)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:288)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:3)(cid:70)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:80)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:73)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:89)(cid:76)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:17)(cid:3)(cid:55)(cid:75)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:29)(cid:86)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:80)(cid:3)(cid:59)(cid:21)(cid:3)(cid:83)(cid:88)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:3)(cid:76)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:76)(cid:70)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:88)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:76)(cid:89)(cid:76)(cid:71)(cid:88)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:25)(cid:3)(cid:92)(cid:72)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:74)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:3)
greater. Control-IQ technology: Control-IQ technology is intended for use with a compatible integrated continuous glucose monitor (iCGM, sold separately) and ACE pump to automatically 
increase, decrease, and suspend delivery of basal insulin based on iCGM readings and predicted glucose values. It can also deliver correction boluses when the glucose value is predicted 
(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:3)(cid:72)(cid:91)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:3)(cid:83)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:288)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:17)(cid:3)Control-IQ technology is intended for the management of Type 1 diabetes mellitus in persons 14 years of age and greater.
Control-IQ technology is not indicated for use in pregnant women, people on  
dialysis,  or  critically  ill  patients.  Do  not  use  Control-IQ  technology  if  using 
hydroxyurea. Users of the t:slim X2 pump and Control-IQ technology must: 
use the insulin pump, CGM, and all other system components in accordance with their respective instructions for use; test blood glucose levels as recommended by their healthcare 
(cid:83)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:89)(cid:76)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:30)(cid:3) (cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:80)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:3) (cid:68)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:84)(cid:88)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:3) (cid:70)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:69)(cid:16)(cid:70)(cid:82)(cid:88)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:74)(cid:3) (cid:86)(cid:78)(cid:76)(cid:79)(cid:79)(cid:86)(cid:30)(cid:3) (cid:80)(cid:68)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:68)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:3) (cid:86)(cid:88)(cid:73)(cid:288)(cid:70)(cid:76)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:3) (cid:71)(cid:76)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:72)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:3) (cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:79)(cid:73)(cid:16)(cid:70)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:3) (cid:86)(cid:78)(cid:76)(cid:79)(cid:79)(cid:86)(cid:30)(cid:3) (cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:72)(cid:3) (cid:75)(cid:72)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:70)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:3) (cid:83)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:89)(cid:76)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:11)(cid:86)(cid:12)(cid:3) (cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:74)(cid:88)(cid:79)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:79)(cid:92)(cid:30)(cid:3) (cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:3) (cid:75)(cid:68)(cid:89)(cid:72)(cid:3) (cid:68)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:84)(cid:88)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:3) (cid:89)(cid:76)(cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:3) (cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:18)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:3) (cid:75)(cid:72)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:74)(cid:3) (cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:3)
recognize all functions of the pump, including alerts, alarms, and reminders. The t:slim X2 pump, transmitter, and sensor must be removed before MRI, CT, or diathermy treatment. 
(cid:57)(cid:76)(cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:76)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:72)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:17)(cid:70)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:18)(cid:86)(cid:68)(cid:73)(cid:72)(cid:87)(cid:92)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:3)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:71)(cid:71)(cid:76)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:3)(cid:76)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:86)(cid:68)(cid:73)(cid:72)(cid:87)(cid:92)(cid:3)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:17)
© 2020 Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. All rights reserved. Tandem Diabetes Care is a registered trademark and Control-IQ and t:slim X2 are trademarks of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.

WARNING: Control-IQ technology should not be used by anyone under the age of six years old. It should also 
not be used in patients who require less than 10 units of insulin per day or who weigh less than 55 pounds. 

DEAR FELLOW STOCKHOLDERS,

““In Tandem” meanans together aand at 

Tandem Diabetetes Care, we sstrtrive to eemmbody 

that in everry y aspect of ouurr busineesss. We 

believe ththat working ttoogether isis the best 

way y toto continuallyly exceedd eexpectations. 

InIn 2019, this apapproachh aallowed us to set 

records thhrroughoutt our business, add to oouurr 

growinngg list of fifirrst-time achievementtss,, aand 

exeecute on kkey scalability initiativveess tthat 

positionn uus well for longer-termm ssuccesss.

Bringing the benefits of pump therapy to more 
people with diabetes has been a longer-term 
goal for our Company, and we believe that we 
are a meaningful contributor to the expansion of 
the insulin pump market. We first began offer-
ing our modern, easy-to-use insulin pump in 
the United States in 2012. Since that time, we 
estimate that the U.S. insulin pump market has 
grown by 40% to 600,000 people and at the
end of 2019, Tandem customers represented 
nearly 20% of this expanded pump market.

2019 was also our first full year of sales outside 
the United States. We are transforming into a 
global enterprise with approximately 24,000 
people using a t:slim X2 pump in more than 13 
countries outside the United States, which is an 
incredible accomplishment following our first full 
year of international sales.

Importantly, each year since launch we’ve 
demonstrated meaningful growth, and our 
performance in 2019 was our strongest yet. It 
was a record-setting year for us in many ways, 
including our:
•  nearly doubling of year-over-year sales,
•  shipping more pumps in 2019 than the 

past 3 years combined,

•  driving a 5-point year-over-year gross 

margin improvement, and 

•  generating nearly $50 million in cash.

These achievements have helped to redefine
the financial profile of the Company, putting us 
in the strongest position since our inception. 
Much of this success can be attributed to the 
rapid adoption of the t:slim X2 insulin pump with 
Basal-IQ technology, which took place domes-
tically throughout the year, and internationally 
beginning in the third quarter. The response 
from customers has been very positive and for
the first time our insulin pump system gained 
attention for its clinical offerings in addition to its 
consumer-oriented features.

Building upon this clinical momentum was the 
June 2019 unveiling of clinical trial results fea-
turing our next-generation automated insulin 
delivery system, the t:slim X2 insulin pump with 
Control-IQ technology. The results were over-
whelmingly positive. All primary and secondary 
outcomes were met with statistical significance, 
and the quality of life metrics were outstanding. 
In October 2019, these results were published 
in the New England Journal of Medicine, which 
further validated the rigor of the landmark 
study and the robustness of the safety and
efficacy data, followed by the FDA’s clearance 
of our t:slim X2 with Control-IQ technology in 
December 2019.

We now offer the most advanced automated
insulin dosing system commercially available 
in the world today. This is a testament to our 
Company’s commitment to working together 
to improve the lives of people with diabetes by 
offering simple-to-use products that deliver su-
perior performance.

Scalability was a primary focus in 2019 to keep 
up with the unprecedented growth, particular-
ly in areas such as manufacturing where we 
tripled our output. We began making meaningful 
investments throughout our business to not only
support the increased volumes, but also create 
efficiencies in our operations to help support

our next phase of growth and drive long-term 
margin expansion. We began by investing in 
new manufacturing lines to create significant 
increased capacity, partnering with a key third
party contract manufacturer and opening a new 
warehouse facility.

Customer support was also an area of contin-
ued expansion, as we believe the service we 
provide our customers is equally as import-
ant as our insulin delivery systems. With this 
philosophy in mind, in the summer of 2019 we 
opened a parallel customer service facility in 
Boise, Idaho that is dedicated to supporting 
many of the positions that scale with our cus-
tomer base.

Another key investment area in 2019 was in in-
formation technology. Customer facing systems, 
as well as internal systems that help our busi-
ness run more efficiently, were included in this
effort. These initiatives are important to support
our longer-term growth, and with the more
recent global threat of the Coronavirus, they’ve
also shown to have an immediate benefit of 
providing many employees the flexibility to suc-
cessfully work outside of the office. As a result,
our team has stayed adaptable during recent
uncertain times, and we are prioritizing the safety
of our customers, employees, and communities, 
while working to further our business.

Over the past few years, we’ve worked to 
transform our Company from a domestic ven-
ture-backed insulin pump start-up to a self-sus-
tained, global diabetes technology company. 
We have been successful in recruiting a diverse 
group of new talented leaders, many from more 
mature global organizations, and have also 
expanded the responsibilities of many of our 
tenured members of management. In combi-
nation, I believe our leadership team has the 
strategic vision and operational skills to thought-
fully execute our business plan and prepare the 
organization for our next phase of growth.

Tandem as our President and CEO until last year
when he transitioned to Executive Chairman,
and then recently transitioned to our Chairman.
Tandem’s story is a success because of Kim’s 
leadership and unwavering personal and fi-
nancial support. We appreciate his guidance
through the years and look forward to continuing
working closely with him as our Chairman.

In 2020, we are excited that nearly all of the 
catalysts that drove our growth in 2018 and
2019 are still in place: our differentiated insulin
pump platform, our best-in-class automated
insulin delivery algorithms, meaningfully under-
penetrated domestic and international insulin
pump markets, significant competitive capture 
opportunities, and a growing renewal base.
What underlays our excitement is the passion
of our employees to improve the lives of people 
with diabetes.

These growth catalysts, combined with our
robust product pipeline, give us confidence that
we will reach our goal of 500,000 people using 
our products worldwide within the next five
years. To achieve this, we’ll be working to lead in 
insulin therapy management by building a robust
ecosystem and portfolio of data-driven products
and services around our flagship insulin pumps.
We’ll also be continuing to invest in our custom-
er service and support to live up to the world-
class standard we set for ourselves.

We appreciate the confidence of our investors
during this exciting time for Tandem Diabetes 
Care. We’d also like to extend our sincere 
thanks and appreciation to our more than 1,000 
employees as we continue to support people 
with diabetes through relentless innovation and 
revolutionary customer experience.

Throughout every phase of our company, Kim 
Blickenstaff has played in integral role. He led

John Sheridan
President & CEO

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
_________________________________________________________________
FORM 10-K
_________________________________________________________________

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019
or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from

to

Commission File Number 001-36189
_________________________________________________________________

Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
_________________________________________________________________

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

11075 Roselle Street

San Diego California

(Address of principal executive offices)

20-4327508

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

92121

(Zip Code)

(858) 366-6900
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

Symbol

TNDM

Name of Exchange on Which Registered

NASDAQ Global Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
_____________________________________________________None___________________________________________________

No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes
Indicate by check if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for
the past 90 days. Yes
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Yes
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form
10-K.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or emerging
growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer, “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act.

No

No

No

Large accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or
revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes
As of June 28, 2019, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates was approximately $3.6 billion based on the closing
price for the common stock of $64.52 on that date. Shares of common stock held by each executive officer, director, and their affiliated stockholders have been
excluded from this calculation as such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive
determination for other purposes.
As of February 14, 2020, there were 59,726,471 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.

No

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Form 10-K, are incorporated by reference in Part III, Items
10-14 of this Form 10-K. Except for the portions of the Proxy Statement specifically incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K, the Proxy Statement shall
not be deemed to be filed as part hereof.

Part I

Item 1

Business

....................................................................................................................................................................

3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 1A Risk Factors

............................................................................................................................................................

Item 1B Unresolved Staff Comments

.....................................................................................................................................

Item 2

Item 3

Item 4
Part II
Item 5

Item 6

Item 7

Properties

..................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................

Legal Proceedings

Mine Safety Disclosures

..........................................................................................................................................

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities

.................................................................................................................................................................

Selected Financial Data

............................................................................................................................................

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

...................................

Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

Item 8

Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

...................................................................................
..................................................................................

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

.................................

Item 9
Item 9A Controls and Procedures

...........................................................................................................................................

19

48

48

49

49

49

51

52

67

69

98
98

Item 9B Other Information
Part III

.....................................................................................................................................................

101

Item 10 Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

.......................................................................................

102

Item 11

Executive Compensation

Item 12

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Item 13 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

.........................................................................................................................................
................
.........................................................
...................................................................................................................

102

102

102

102

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Item 14
Part IV

Item 15

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

............................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................

Signatures

103

108

1

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, or this Annual Report, contains

“forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which statements are subject to considerable
risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements are intended to qualify for the safe harbor from liability established
by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements included or incorporated by reference in this Annual
Report, other than statements of historical fact, are forward-looking statements. You can identify forward-looking statements by
the use of words such as “may,” “will,” “could,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “intend,” “believe,” “continue” or the negative of
such terms, or other comparable terminology. Forward-looking statements also include the assumptions underlying or relating
to such statements. In particular, forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report relate to, among other things, our
future or assumed financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, trends impacting our financial results, business forecasts
and plans, research and product development plans, manufacturing plans, strategic plans and objectives, capital needs and
financing plans, product launches, regulatory approvals, the impact of changes in the competitive environment, and the
application of accounting guidance. We caution you that the foregoing list may not include all of the forward-looking
statements made in this Annual Report.

Our forward-looking statements are based on our management’s current assumptions and expectations about future
events and trends, which affect or may affect our business, strategy, operations or financial performance. Although we believe
that these forward-looking statements are based upon reasonable assumptions, they are subject to numerous known and
unknown risks and uncertainties and are made in light of information currently available to us. Our actual financial condition
and results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors,
including those set forth below under the caption “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A and “Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7, and elsewhere in this Annual Report, as well as
in the other reports we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. You should read this Annual Report with
the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from and worse than what we expect.

Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties emerge from time to time and
it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on
our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from
those contained in any forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they were made, and, except to the extent required by law or

the rules of the NASDAQ Global Market, we undertake no obligation to update or review any forward-looking statement
because of new information, future events or other factors.

We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

2

Item 1.

Business

Overview

PART I

We are a medical device company with an innovative approach to the design, development and commercialization of

products for people with insulin-dependent diabetes. Our goal is to lead in insulin therapy management by building a robust
ecosystem and portfolio of data-driven products and services around our flagship insulin pumps. We believe our competitive
advantage is rooted in our consumer-focused approach, and the incorporation of modern and innovative technology into our
product offerings. Our manufacturing, sales and support activities principally focus on our flagship pump platform, the t:slim
X2 Insulin Delivery System (t:slim X2), and our complementary product offerings. The simple-to-use t:slim X2 is based on our
proprietary technology platform and is the smallest durable insulin pump available. It is the only pump currently available in
the United States that is capable of remote feature updates, which positions us well to address the evolving needs and
preferences of differentiated segments of the insulin-dependent diabetes market. We aim to improve and simplify the lives of
people with diabetes and those of their healthcare providers, by delivering innovative hardware and software solutions, as well
as best-in-class customer support.

Since our initial commercial launch, we have been able to rapidly innovate and bring more products to market than
our competitors. We have commercially launched seven insulin pumps in the United States since 2012 and two pumps outside
the United States since 2018. Four of our insulin pumps have featured integration with continuous glucose monitoring (CGM)
technology, and two have featured an automated insulin delivery (AID) algorithm. We believe that the three new classifications
defined by the United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for the interoperability of devices for AID will help support
continued rapid innovation by streamlining the regulatory pathway for integrated products. In June 2018, the t:slim X2 was the
first insulin pump designated as compatible with integrated continuous glucose monitoring (known as iCGM) devices; in
February 2019, the t:slim X2 was the first in a new device category called Alternate Controller Enabled Infusion Pumps (ACE
pumps); and in December 2019, Control-IQ technology for the t:slim X2 insulin pump was the first automated insulin dosing
software in a new interoperable automated glycemic controller category.

Today, our t:slim X2 hardware platform represents 100% of our new pump shipments. It is the only commercial

insulin pump that allows users to update their pumps’ software quickly and easily from a personal computer. We have offered
in-warranty t:slim customers in the United States four different software updates for no-cost using the Tandem Device Updater,
including our two AID algorithms, Basal-IQ technology and Control-IQ technology. Basal-IQ technology launched in August
2018 and is a predictive low glucose suspend feature that is designed to temporarily suspend insulin delivery to help reduce the
frequency and duration of hypoglycemic events. Control-IQ technology launched in January 2020 and is an advanced hybrid-
closed loop feature, designed to help increase a user's time in targeted glycemic range. It is the first and only system cleared to
deliver automatic correction boluses in addition to adjusting insulin to help prevent high and low blood sugar. Outside the
United States we began selling efforts with t:slim X2 with Dexcom G5 integration in the third quarter of 2018, offering no-cost
software updates for Basal-IQ technology in the third quarter of 2019, and intend to begin offering Control-IQ technology
updates in select geographies in the second half of 2020.

Our insulin pump products are generally considered durable medical equipment and have an expected lifespan of at

least four years. In addition to insulin pumps, we sell disposable products that are used together with our pumps and are
replaced every few days, including cartridges for storing and delivering insulin, and infusion sets that connect the insulin pump
to a user’s body.

In the four-year period ended December 31, 2019, we shipped approximately 142,000 insulin pumps, which is

representative of our estimated global installed customer base on the typical four-year reimbursement cycle.
Approximately 118,000 of these pumps were shipped to customers in the United States and approximately 24,000 were shipped
to international markets.

3

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, our consolidated sales were $362.3 million, $183.9 million,

and $107.6 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, our net loss was $24.8 million,
$122.6 million, and $73.0 million, respectively. Worldwide pump sales accounted for 68%, 67%, and 66% of our total sales,
respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, while pump-related supplies and accessories accounted
for the remainder in each year. Our accumulated deficit as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 was $624.8 million
and $600.1 million, respectively. This included $216.6 million and $147.4 million of non-cash stock-based compensation
charges and non-cash changes in the fair value of common stock warrants as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Our headquarters and our manufacturing facility are located in San Diego, California. We also have an office in

Boise, Idaho. We employed 1,043 full-time employees as of December 31, 2019.

Diabetes and the Insulin Therapy Management Market

Diabetes is a chronic, life-threatening disease for which there is no known cure. The disease is categorized by

improper function of the pancreas when it either does not produce enough insulin or the body cannot effectively use the insulin
it produces. If not closely monitored and properly treated, diabetes can lead to serious medical complications, including damage
to various tissues and organs, seizures, coma and death.

Diabetes is typically classified as either type 1 or type 2:

•

•

Type 1 diabetes is characterized by the body’s nearly complete inability to produce insulin. It is frequently
diagnosed during childhood or adolescence. Individuals with type 1 diabetes require daily insulin therapy to
survive.

Type 2 diabetes represents 90% to 95% of all individuals diagnosed with diabetes and is characterized by the
body’s inability to either properly utilize insulin or produce enough insulin. Initially, many people with type 2
diabetes attempt to manage their diabetes with improvements in diet, exercise and oral medications. However,
as their diabetes advances, some patients progress to requiring injectable therapies, such as long-acting insulin,
and a subset of this population will require daily rapid-acting insulin therapy.

The International Diabetes Federation estimates that 463 million people have diabetes worldwide, approximately half of which
are undiagnosed. In the United States, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention estimates that in 2018 approximately 34
million people were living with diabetes of which approximately 27 million had diagnosed diabetes. We consider our
addressable market to be people diagnosed with diabetes who are living with either type 1 diabetes, or with type 2 diabetes who
require daily rapid acting insulin. Throughout this Annual Report, we refer to these individuals as people with insulin-
dependent diabetes.

Estimated Diagnosed Diabetes Prevalence(1)

Type 1
Type 2 (all therapies)
Type 2 (insulin only)

Worldwide
24.2 million
206.8 million
5 million

Domestic
1.6 million
25.4 million
1.5 million

(1) Internal estimates based on data from the International Diabetes Federation and the Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention (CDC)

Diabetes Management Challenges

Diabetes can be difficult for patients to manage. Unlike most therapies, daily insulin requirements can vary greatly

and can be affected by many factors, such as type or quantity of food eaten, illness, stress and exercise. People with diabetes
have to be diligent in working to prevent their blood glucose from fluctuating outside of a targeted range. Hypoglycemia, or
low blood glucose levels, can cause a variety of long-term effects or complications, including damage to various tissues and
organs, seizures, coma or death. Hyperglycemia, or high blood glucose levels, can also cause a variety of long-term effects or
complications, including cardiovascular disease and damage to various tissues and organs. Preventing and managing
fluctuations in blood glucose levels, particularly when someone is outside their target blood glucose range is often time
consuming and stressful to people with diabetes and their loved ones.

4

Insulin Therapy Management

There are two primary therapies used by people with insulin-dependent diabetes, insulin injections and insulin

pumps. The use of insulin injections is often referred to as Multiple Daily Injection, or MDI, therapy. Insulin pumps are
intended to more closely resemble the physiologic function of a healthy pancreas and use rapid-acting insulin to fulfill both
mealtime (bolus) and background (basal) requirements. Insulin pump systems are most commonly comprised of a
programmable hardware device, a cartridge filled with insulin by the user, and an infusion set to administer insulin into the
person’s body. This system is known as a durable pump. By comparison, patch insulin pumps are disposable and adhere to the
body without an infusion set.

Insulin pump therapy can provide benefit to a person with insulin-dependent diabetes when used independently or in

conjunction with CGM, which is a therapy that provides users with real-time access to their glucose levels as well as trend
information. In addition, insulin pumps may feature an AID algorithm that is designed to automatically adjust a person’s insulin
delivery based on their CGM trends and other factors to help minimize the frequency and/or duration of hypoglycemia and/or
hyperglycemic events. Insulin pumps may also feature connectivity with mobile apps and data management applications, which
are used by the pump user, their caregivers and their healthcare providers, to quickly and easily identify meaningful insights
and trends, allowing them to refine therapy and lifestyle choices for better management of their diabetes.

The American Diabetes Association estimated that in 2015, between 750,000 and 1 million people worldwide used

an insulin pump. Domestically, we estimate that 600,000 people in the United States use an insulin pump. There are a variety of
insulin pump manufacturers worldwide, while domestically, we are currently one of only two commercial durable insulin pump
manufacturers and there is one programmable commercial patch insulin pump manufacturer.

We believe that the distinct advantages and increased awareness of insulin pump therapy as compared to other

available insulin therapies will continue to generate demand for insulin pump devices and pump-related supplies. We further
believe that recent and ongoing developments in the use of CGM technology and AID algorithms in conjunction with insulin
pump therapy will continue to provide people with insulin-dependent diabetes benefits that will make insulin pump therapy an
even more attractive treatment alternative.

Our Technology: Improving the Lives of People with Diabetes

We develop our insulin pump technology and related product offerings using a consumer-focused approach. We
initially rely on the use of behavioral sciences, including extensive research to ascertain what people with insulin-dependent
diabetes require and prefer from their diabetes therapy. We then look to modern consumer technology for inspiration and design
our hardware and software solutions to meet the specific demands of people with diabetes. This multi-step approach has
resulted in products that provide users with the distinct features and functionality they seek and in a manner that makes the
features usable and intuitive.

Since our initial commercial launch, we have been able to rapidly innovate and bring more products to market than
our competitors. We have commercially launched seven insulin pumps since inception, all of which have been developed using
our proprietary technology platform. The following table provides information regarding the commercial availability of our
insulin pump products:

Product

t:slim

t:flex

t:slim G4

t:slim X2

U.S. Commercial Availability

OUS Commercial Availability

August 2012 - October 2016

May 2015 - June 2018

September 2015 - August 2017

October 2016 - September 2017

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A
September 2018 - present
(varies by geography)
September 2019 - present
(varies by geography)
Launch goal: 2H 2020*
(to vary by geography)

t:slim X2 with G5

September 2017 - August 2018

t:slim X2 with Basal-IQ technology

August 2018 - present

t:slim X2 with Control-IQ technology

January 2020 - present

*Subject to regulatory approvals and other factors

5

Today, our commercial efforts exclusively focus on the manufacturing, sale and support of our flagship pump

platform, the t:slim X2 insulin delivery system, but we continue to provide ongoing service and support to existing t:slim, t:slim
G4 and t:flex customers. The t:slim X2 insulin delivery system is comprised of a t:slim X2 pump, its 300-unit disposable
insulin cartridge and an infusion set. It is also the only commercially available insulin pump featuring optional integration with
Dexcom’s CGM.

Our t:slim X2 Insulin Pump Form Factor (Actual Size)

t:slim X2 Insulin Pump: Our t:slim X2 was designed to offer greater ease of use and look more like other modern

consumer technology, such as a smart phone, as compared to other traditional insulin pumps. Key features include:

•

•

•

•

•

Color touchscreen - The large color touchscreen is easy to read, simple to learn, and intuitive to use for anyone
familiar with a smartphone or tablet.

Small and discreet - The t:slim X2 pump is up to 38 percent smaller than other pumps, yet can hold up to 300-units of
insulin.

t:slim X2 Profile (Actual Size)

Flexible technology - Can be used with or without automated insulin delivery or CGM - When advanced features are
turned off, the t:slim X2 pump removes the CGM chart from the screen and puts the Bolus and Option buttons front
and center for easy access. We currently offer integration with Dexcom’s G5 or G6 sensor, depending on geography.

AID features (availability varies by geography) - We have commercially launched two different AID algorithms on our
t:slim X2 platform - Basal-IQ technology and Control-IQ technology.

Basal-IQ technology: This predictive low glucose suspend feature is designed to temporarily suspend insulin
delivery to help reduce the frequency and duration of hypoglycemic events. With Dexcom G6 CGM
integration, this feature works with no fingersticks required for mealtime dosing or calibration.

Control-IQ technology: This advanced hybrid-closed loop feature is designed to help increase a user's time in
targeted glycemic range (70-180 mg/dL). It is the first and only system cleared to deliver automatic correction
boluses in addition to adjusting insulin to help prevent high and low blood sugar. Control-IQ technology is
integrated with Dexcom’s G6 CGM and offers optional settings for sleep and exercise that change the
treatment values to better match the different physiological needs during these activities.

Connectivity - Features a two-way Bluetooth wireless technology radio for communicating with more than one
external device at a time. It also features a micro-USB connection that supports charging the lithium-polymer battery,
software updates and rapid data uploads.

6

Tandem Device Updater: A revolutionary tool that allows pump users to update their pumps’ software quickly and

easily from a personal computer. It is PC- and Mac- compatible and designed to work with the t:slim X2 in a manner similar to
software updates on a smartphone. Because remote updatability for insulin pump software is a unique feature not available in
competitive pump offerings, the Tandem Device Updater provides our customers with the capability to access new and
enhanced features and functionality faster than the industry has been able to in the past. It was cleared by the FDA in the third
quarter of 2016 and launched outside the United States in the third quarter of 2019. We have used this technology to offer in-
warranty t:slim customers in the United States four different software updates for no-cost, including Basal-IQ technology, and
most recently Control-IQ technology. Outside the United States we began offering no-cost software updates for Basal-IQ
technology in the third quarter of 2019 and intend to begin offering Control-IQ technology updates in select geographies in the
second half of 2020, subject to regulatory approvals and other factors.

t:connect: Our web-based data management application provides users, their caregivers and their healthcare providers

with a fast, easy and visual way to display diabetes therapy management data from our pumps and supported blood glucose
meters. This application empowers people with diabetes, as well as their caregivers and healthcare providers, to quickly and
easily identify meaningful insights and trends, allowing them to refine therapy and lifestyle choices for better management of
their diabetes. It also provides us with valuable data that we can analyze computationally to reveal patterns, trends and
associations that can be used in continuous product improvements, and identification of clinical outcomes data. t:connect
launched in the United States in the third quarter of 2013. In 2017, we launched t:connect HCP, which is an enhanced version of
t:connect designed to simplify the ability of pump users to share t:connect data with their healthcare providers. We also plan to
launch our new mobile application that when used with Control-IQ technology, is designed to wirelessly upload pump data to
t:connect, receive notification of pump alerts and alarms, and provide a discrete, secondary display of glucose and insulin data.
We believe t:connect can serve as a key component of additional mobile health applications that are currently under
development. t:connect and t:connect HCP are currently not available to users or healthcare providers outside the United States.

Our Strategy

Enabled by our singular focus on diabetes management, our goal is to lead in insulin therapy management by

building a robust ecosystem and portfolio of data-driven products and services around our flagship insulin pumps. We believe
we are uniquely positioned to significantly expand and further penetrate the insulin-dependent diabetes market by focusing on
the needs of our customers and their caregivers, and by supporting healthcare providers and payors with real world insights.

To achieve our goal, we intend to pursue the following business strategies:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

drive worldwide adoption of our products by offering the best insulin delivery systems;

deliver a portfolio of therapy management solutions designed to improve patient outcomes;

expand the value provided by our portfolio through an ecosystem approach to diabetes management;

build deeper relationships with all stakeholders across multiple channels, including virtual and tele-health platforms;

leverage our manufacturing operations to achieve cost and production efficiencies;

use data in new ways that deliver real-world insights and that promote better outcomes; and

identify new offerings that support our mission to improve the lives of people with diabetes.

Products Under Development

Our products under development support our strategy of developing insulin delivery systems as part of a therapy

management portfolio designed to improve patient outcomes, and include AID system enhancements, a next-generation
hardware platform, and connected (mobile) health offerings.

t:sport Insulin Delivery System: Our Next-Generation Hardware Platform

Our next-generation hardware platform is referred to under its development name, the t:sport Insulin Delivery

System, or t:sport. The t:sport pump is half the size of t:slim X2 and is being designed for people who seek even greater
discretion and flexibility with the use of their insulin pump. We anticipate that t:sport will feature a 200-unit cartridge, an on-
pump bolus button, a rechargeable battery, an AID algorithm, and a Bluetooth radio. t:sport is being designed for use with
leading U-100 insulins, and we are evaluating the use of insulin concentrates for people with greater insulin needs. t:sport will
utilize a pumping mechanism that differs from our current Micro-Delivery technology used in the t:slim pump platform.

7

t:sport Shown with Mobile App Controller

Based on the FDA’s feedback, we are designing the product so that it will have the technical capability to be

controlled using either a dedicated controller or our mobile device application. We expect that each of these functionalities will
require separate regulatory reviews by the FDA. We plan to first pursue FDA authorization for t:sport as an ACE pump in 2020
and to thereafter submit for regulatory approvals outside the United States. We are designing t:sport to be compatible with our
AID algorithms and any available iCGM.

Connected (Mobile) Health Offerings

We are preparing for the launch of a mobile application that has been designed to wirelessly upload pump data to our

t:connect database management application, receive notification of pump alerts and alarms, and provide a discrete, secondary
display of pump therapy data. Future updates of this app are expected to integrate other health-related information from third
party sources and, subject to future regulatory approvals, support future pump-control capabilities for t:slim X2 and other
products under development. The launch of the first generation of this app in the United States follows the availability of our
Control-IQ technology. We also expect the wireless upload of data to the t:connect database will reduce patient burden and
increase healthcare provider office efficiency by reducing the manual steps historically required for data extraction.

Sales, Marketing and Customer Care

In 2019, we expanded the number of territories in our U.S. sales organization from approximately 70 to

approximately 90 by year-end. The vast majority of these territories are supported by a sales representative and a clinical
diabetes specialist who, as a team, call on domestic endocrinologists, nurse practitioners, primary care physicians, certified
diabetes educators and potential customers. Where appropriate, some territories are supported by multiple clinical diabetes
specialists. Our U.S. sales team is augmented by individuals in our internal customer sales support organization, who follow up
on leads generated through promotional activities and educate people on the benefits of our proprietary technology and
products.

Our internal customer sales support organization also contacts existing customers who are approaching their

insurance renewal date to aid in the renewal process. Our goal is for at least 70% of our existing customers to purchase a new
pump from us when making their next pump purchasing decision. Typically, domestic customers are eligible for insurance
reimbursement to purchase a new insulin pump once every four years; however, some plans may be limited to once every five
years or have additional restrictions or requirements. Insurance reimbursement processes outside the United States vary by
geography. As our market penetration continues to build momentum, and as we launch new products into the market, we plan to
further expand our sales, clinical and marketing infrastructure in the United States. However, only modest territory
optimizations and expansions are anticipated in 2020.

8

In Canada, we established a small direct sales and clinical infrastructure, and commenced marketing and sales

efforts following Health Canada approval of the t:slim X2 with G5 integration in October 2018. In November 2019, we
received Health Canada approval for the t:slim X2 with Basal-IQ technology. Throughout 2019, we also secured reimbursement
in the majority of Canadian provinces, and these efforts will continue in 2020.

In other select geographies outside the United States, our initial efforts focused on the identification and contracting

of distributors in areas where we believe there is a meaningful opportunity to achieve market acceptance of our t:slim X2
insulin pump. We began our scaled launch in the third quarter of 2018 after obtaining the right to affix the CE Mark to the t:slim
X2 with G5 integration and following the completion of pre-launch activities, such as translating our pump software and user
manual, and completing distributor sales and customer service trainings. Unlike our domestic operations, our international
distributors (other than in Canada) have substantially greater responsibility for sales, marketing and customer support efforts.
Our international distributors in 2019 covered several geographies including: Australia, Italy, New Zealand, Scandinavia
(Denmark, Norway and Sweden), South Africa, Spain, and the United Kingdom. In 2020, our international distributors will also
cover Germany, France, Belgium, Luxembourg and the Netherlands.

Revenue Concentrations and Significant Customers. A small number of independent domestic distributors have
historically accounted for a significant portion of our revenues. During the year ended December 31, 2019, we made sales to
approximately 43 independent distributors in the United States, and 12 independent distributors internationally. In fiscal 2019,
sales to Byram Healthcare and RGH Enterprises, Inc. accounted for 15.4% and 14.8% of consolidated sales, respectively. In
fiscal 2018, sales to RGH Enterprises, Inc. and Byram Healthcare accounted for 19.4% and 15.6% of consolidated sales,
respectively. None of our independent distributors in the United States are required to sell our products exclusively and each of
them may freely sell the products of our competitors. Our distributor agreements in the United States generally have one-year
initial terms with automatic one-year renewal terms and are terminable in connection with a party’s material breach. Our
distributor agreements outside the United States generally have longer initial terms and, in addition to being terminable in
connection with a party’s material breach, include provisions that allow us to terminate those agreements prior to their ordinary
expiration in exceptional circumstances. We believe our domestic distributors carry minimal inventory at any given time.
Internationally, there may be variability in inventory levels among our distributors, particularly when they first commence
product sales or surrounding the launch of new products.

Animas. In October 2017, Johnson & Johnson announced that it was discontinuing the operations of Animas, and

exiting the insulin pump business entirely, and, in connection with these activities, designated Medtronic as a preferred partner
to facilitate the transition of Animas insulin pump customers. Throughout 2018 and 2019 we experienced an increase in our
percentage of sales to people who reported converting from using an Animas pump. Animas pump supplies were no longer
available for customers to purchase after September 2019. Accordingly, we believe that the vast majority of Animas pump users
have transitioned to an alternative pump, and that remaining Animas pump users will likely switch in 2020 as they use up their
remaining supplies.

Outside the United States, many of our international distributors had existing relationships with Animas customers and
were motivated to keep those individuals as existing customers by replacing Animas pumps with our t:slim X2 as opportunities
arose. We believe the benefit from the Animas opportunity outside the U.S. was substantially realized by end of the second
quarter of 2019.

Training and Customer Care. Our customer care infrastructure, which services the United States and Canada,

consists of individuals focused on training, insurance verification and 24/7 technical services. Our goal is to offer best-in-class
customer support and services as these offerings are often viewed by people with diabetes and their healthcare providers equally
as important as the products we offer. In 2019, we opened a facility in Boise, Idaho to begin scaling our customer care
organization outside of San Diego. This has allowed us to hire talented service employees more quickly than we would have
been able to in San Diego at a lower cost of operations, which provides further leverage to our infrastructure. During 2020 we
expect to expand our customer care infrastructure, including investments in facilities, technology and personnel, to meet the
needs of our larger base of in-warranty customers. We also provide training to our distribution partners who fulfill their
customer care responsibilities outside the United States.

Third-Party Reimbursement

In the United States, customer orders are typically fulfilled by billing third-party payors on behalf of our customers,

or by utilizing our network of distributors who then bill third-party payors on our customers’ behalf. Our fulfillment and
reimbursement systems are fully integrated such that our products are shipped only after receipt of a valid physician’s order and
verification of current health insurance information.

9

We are accredited by the Community Health Accreditation Program and are an approved Medicare provider. Over

the last ten years, Medicare reimbursement rates for insulin pumps and disposable cartridges have remained relatively
unchanged. Domestically, we primarily bill for our insulin pump products and associated supplies using existing Healthcare
Common Procedure Coding System codes for which Medicare reimbursement is well established. However, pump eligibility
criteria for people with type 2 diabetes can be different and often requires additional documentation and laboratory testing to
gain in-network insurance reimbursement benefits.

We enter into contracts with national and regional third-party payors to establish reimbursement for our insulin

pump products, disposable cartridges and other related supplies. We employ a team of managed care managers who are
responsible for negotiating and securing contracts with third-party payors throughout the United States. For the year ended
December 31, 2019, approximately 27% of our sales in the United States were generated through our direct third-party payor
contracts.

If we are not contracted with a person’s third-party payor and in-network status cannot be otherwise obtained, then
to the extent possible we utilize distribution channels so our customers’ orders can be serviced. As of December 31, 2019, we
had executed distributor agreements with approximately 43 independent distributors in the United States. In some cases, but not
all, this network of distributors allows us to access people who are covered by commercial payors with whom we are not
contracted, at in-network rates that are generally more affordable for our customers. However, UnitedHealthcare designated one
of our competitors as their preferred, in-network durable medical equipment provider of insulin pumps for most customers over
seven years of age. Unless UnitedHealthcare implements a change to its coverage policies for insulin pumps, we expect this
decision will prevent a majority of UnitedHealthcare members from purchasing our insulin pump , whether directly from us or
through our network of distributors.

Our distribution partners outside the United States and Canada are responsible for all reimbursement, tender

application and fulfillment activities.

Manufacturing and Quality Assurance

Historically, we have manufactured our pump and disposable cartridge products at our Barnes Canyon facility in San

Diego, California. In 2020, we anticipate outsourcing a portion of our cartridge manufacturing to an experienced third-party
contract manufacturer to provide us additional flexibility in scaling our business while creating additional leverage. In 2019, we
made capital expenditure investments for the expansion of warehousing capacity and ordered additional manufacturing
equipment for implementation in 2020. We anticipate these investments will allow us to double our cartridge manufacturing
capacity from 2019 to 2020, without meaningfully increasing the cost of overhead associated with our manufacturing facilities.
We believe these investments position us well to achieve our long-term gross margin targets.

We currently utilize a semi-automated manufacturing process for our pump products and disposable cartridges. The
pump production line reaches a maximum output of approximately 30,000 pumps per year on a single shift. In 2019, we scaled
from two to three pump manufacturing lines and currently have the capacity to produce approximately 180,000 pumps annually.
Disposable cartridges are manufactured on a production line that reaches a maximum output of approximately one million
cartridges per year on a single standard eight-hour shift. In 2019, we had four cartridge manufacturing lines and improved the
efficiency of our disposable cartridge manufacturing process, which provided us capacity to build 16 million units annually. We
also began investing in three additional cartridge manufacturing lines that will become operational at our third-party
manufacturing location. When fully operational, we believe our seven cartridge manufacturing lines can support an installed
base of more than 250,000 customers.

Outside suppliers are the source for most of the components and some sub-assemblies in the production of our

insulin pumps. Any sole and single source supplier is managed through our supplier management program that is focused on
reducing supply chain risk. Our suppliers are evaluated, approved and monitored periodically by our quality department to
ensure conformity with the specifications, policies and procedures applicable to our devices. Members of our quality
department also inspect our devices at various steps during the manufacturing cycle to facilitate compliance with our devices’
stringent specifications.

We have received certification from BSI Group, a Notified Body to the International Standards Organization, or

ISO, of our quality system. Certain processes utilized in the manufacturing and testing of our devices have been verified and
validated as required by the FDA and other regulatory bodies. As a medical device manufacturer, our manufacturing facility and
the facilities of our sterilization and other critical suppliers are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA and certain
corresponding state agencies.

10

Research and Development

Our research and development team includes employees who specialize in software engineering, mechanical

engineering, electrical engineering, fluid dynamics, mobile connectivity and graphical user interface design, many of whom
have considerable experience in diabetes-related products. Our research and development team focuses on the continuous
improvement and support of current product offerings, as well as our products under development.

In June 2015, we entered into non-exclusive agreements with Dexcom to allow the integration of our insulin pump

products with the Dexcom G5 and G6 CGM systems worldwide. Each agreement has an initial term of five years, and
thereafter renew automatically for additional one-year terms unless either party provides advance notice to the other party that
they do not wish to extend the agreement. The agreements do not require any licensing fees, milestone payments or royalty
obligations to Dexcom. The agreements contain customary provisions for termination in the event of an uncured material
breach or in the event of a dissolution of the other party, and prohibit our assignment of the agreements to a Dexcom competitor
without Dexcom’s prior consent.

In 2016, we entered into a worldwide, non-exclusive, royalty-bearing license agreement with TypeZero to allow the
integration of our insulin pump products with TypeZero’s inControl AID technology. The agreement also provides us access to
TypeZero’s future AID innovations for five years following the date of the agreement. In addition, the license agreement
contemplated that our insulin pump products would be used alongside TypeZero’s AID technology in certain studies under the
International Diabetes Closed Loop (IDCL) Trial, which are now completed. In August 2018, TypeZero was acquired by
Dexcom. Nevertheless, the terms of our agreement with TypeZero remain effective until the patents covered by the agreement
have expired, subject to customary provisions for termination in the event of an uncured material breach.

In October 2019, we and Abbott Laboratories, or Abbott, announced that we intend to develop and commercialize

integrated diabetes solutions that combine Abbott's glucose sensing technology with Tandem's innovative insulin delivery
systems to provide additional treatment options for people with insulin-dependence to manage their diabetes. These
development and commercialization plans are contingent on the negotiation of a definitive agreement, and while the parties are
currently exploring a business relationship, there can be no assurance that an agreement will be reached or that any agreement
will be on the terms that are currently being discussed.

Intellectual Property

We have made protection of our intellectual property a strategic priority. We rely on a combination of copyright,

patent, trademark, trade secret and other intellectual property laws, non-disclosure agreements and other measures to protect our
proprietary rights.

As of December 31, 2019, our patent portfolio consisted of approximately 86 issued U.S. patents and 68 pending
U.S. patent applications. Of these, our issued U.S. patents expire between approximately 2021 and 2036. We are also seeking
patent protection for our proprietary technology in other countries throughout the world. In addition, we also have 39 trademark
registrations, including 16 U.S. trademark registrations and 23 foreign trademark registrations.

In July 2012, we entered into an agreement with Smiths Medical, Inc. pursuant to which we were granted, through
certain assignments and certain non-exclusive and exclusive, worldwide, fully paid-up, royalty-free licenses, certain rights to
patents and patent applications related to ambulatory infusion pumps and related software and accessories for the treatment of
diabetes. We agreed to pay $5.0 million in license fees and to share equally any associated sublicense revenues we may receive.
As of December 31, 2019, we had paid the initial license fees in full and have not entered into any sublicense agreements.

Competition

The medical device industry is intensely competitive, subject to rapid change and highly sensitive to the introduction

of new products, treatment techniques or technologies, or other market activities of industry participants. We compete in
domestic and international markets with a number of companies that manufacture insulin delivery devices, such as Medtronic
MiniMed, a division of Medtronic, and Insulet Corporation. In late 2017, Eli Lilly & Co. announced that it was developing an
insulin pump with AID technology, and there are several other companies that are currently marketing insulin pump products in
international markets. In addition, we face competition from a number of companies, medical researchers and existing
pharmaceutical companies that are pursuing new delivery devices, delivery technologies, sensing technologies, procedures,
drugs and other therapeutics for the monitoring, treatment and prevention of diabetes.

For additional information, see the section of this Annual Report under the caption “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A.

11

Government Regulation

Our products are medical devices subject to extensive regulation by the FDA in the United States, corresponding
state regulatory authorities and other regulatory bodies in other countries. The U.S. Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act,
(FDCA) and the FDA’s implementing regulations govern:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

product design and development;

pre-clinical and clinical testing;

establishment registration and product listing;

product manufacturing;

labeling and storage;

pre-market clearance or approval;

advertising and promotion;

product sales and distribution;

recalls and field safety corrective actions; and

servicing and post-market surveillance.

FDA’s Pre-Market Clearance and Approval Requirements. Unless an exemption applies, each new or significantly

modified medical device we seek to commercially distribute in the United States will require either a pre-market notification
under Section 510(k) of the FDCA, also referred to as a 510(k) clearance, or approval from the FDA through the Premarket
Approval, or PMA, process. Both the 510(k) clearance and PMA processes can be expensive, lengthy and require payment of
significant user fees, unless an exemption is available.

The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes. Devices requiring fewer controls because they are

deemed to pose lower risk are placed in Class I or II. Class I devices are subject to general controls such as labeling, pre-market
notification and adherence to the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which cover manufacturers’ methods and
documentation of the design, testing, production, control quality assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, storage and
shipping of products. Class II devices are subject to special controls such as performance standards, post-market surveillance,
FDA guidelines, or particularized labeling, as well as general controls. Some Class I and Class II devices are exempted by
regulation from the 510(k) clearance requirement, and the requirement of compliance with substantially all of the QSR. t:slim,
t:flex, t:slim X2, t:slim X2 with Control-IQ technology and t:connect received FDA clearance as Class II devices. However,
t:connect was subsequently down-classified to a Class I device. A PMA application is required for devices deemed by the FDA
to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or certain implantable devices, or those that are “not
substantially equivalent” either to a device previously cleared through the 510(k) process or to a “preamendment” Class III
device in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976 when PMA applications were not required. t:slim G4 and t:slim X2 with
G5 integration, and t:slim X2 with Basal-IQ technology received FDA approval as Class III devices.

There are three new Class II categories classified by the FDA for the interoperability of devices as a complete AID

system that are intended to help support continued rapid innovation by streamlining the regulatory pathway for integrated
products approved by the FDA. In June 2018, our t:slim X2 with Basal-IQ technology was the first insulin pump to receive
approval for iCGM compatibility. In February 2019, we received FDA approval of our De Novo application to classify the
t:slim X2 to a Class II device, under the new insulin pump classification referred to as ACE pumps. Most recently, in December
2019 we received FDA approval of our De Novo application to classify our Control-IQ technology as the first automated
insulin dosing software in a new interoperable automated glycemic controller category that automatically adjusts insulin
delivery to a person with diabetes by connecting to an ACE pump and iCGM. In connection with the De Novo applications for
both the ACE pump and the interoperable automated glycemic controller category the FDA also established certain special
controls that we will need to continue to satisfy. If we are not able to satisfy those special controls, we would be required to
seek approval for those products under the traditional PMA submission process.

12

For Class III devices a PMA application must be supported by valid scientific evidence that typically includes

extensive technical, pre-clinical, clinical, manufacturing and labeling data to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety
and efficacy of the device. A PMA application also must include a complete description of the device and its components, a
detailed description of the methods, facilities and controls used to manufacture the device, and proposed labeling. After a PMA
application is submitted and found to be sufficiently complete, the FDA begins an in-depth review of the submitted information.
During this review period, the FDA may request additional information or clarification of information already provided. Also,
during the review period, an advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the
application and provide recommendations to the FDA. In addition, the FDA generally will conduct a pre-approval inspection of
the manufacturing facility to evaluate compliance with QSR, which requires manufacturers to implement and follow design,
testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures.

FDA review of a PMA application generally takes approximately one year but may take significantly longer. The

FDA can delay, limit or deny approval of a PMA application for many reasons, including:

•

•

•

•

systems may not be safe or effective to the FDA’s satisfaction;

the data from pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support approval;

the manufacturing process or facilities may not meet applicable requirements; and

changes in FDA approval policies or adoption of new regulations may require additional data.

If an FDA evaluation of a PMA application is favorable, the FDA will issue either an approval letter, or approvable
letter, which usually contains a number of conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the PMA. When and
if those conditions have been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the FDA, the agency will issue a PMA approval letter authorizing
commercial marketing of a device, subject to the conditions of approval and the limitations established in the approval letter. If
the FDA’s evaluation of a PMA application or manufacturing facilities is not favorable, the FDA will deny approval of the PMA
or issue a not-approvable letter. The FDA also may determine that additional tests or clinical trials are necessary, in which case
the PMA approval may be delayed for several months or years while the trials are conducted and data is submitted in an
amendment to the PMA. The PMA process can be expensive, uncertain and lengthy and a number of devices for which FDA
approval has been sought by other companies have never been approved by the FDA for marketing.

New PMA applications or PMA supplements may be required for modifications to the manufacturing process,

labeling, device specifications, materials or design of a device that has been approved through the PMA process. PMA
supplements often require submission of the same type of information as an initial PMA application, except that the supplement
is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the approved PMA application and may or
may not require as extensive technical or clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel.

Clinical trials are typically required to support a PMA application and are sometimes required for a 510(k)

clearance. These trials generally require submission of an application for an Investigational Device Exemption, or IDE, to the
FDA. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it
is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE application must be approved
in advance by the FDA for a specified number of patients, unless the product is deemed a non-significant risk device and
eligible for abbreviated IDE requirements. Generally, clinical trials for a significant risk device may begin once the IDE
application is approved by the FDA and the study protocol and informed consent are approved by appropriate institutional
review boards at the clinical trial sites. The FDA’s approval of an IDE allows clinical testing to go forward, but it does not bind
the FDA to accept the results of the trial as sufficient to prove the product’s safety and efficacy, even if the trial meets its
intended success criteria. All clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with the FDA’s IDE regulations that govern
investigational device labeling, prohibit promotion, and specify an array of recordkeeping, reporting and monitoring
responsibilities of study sponsors and study investigators. Clinical trials must further comply with the FDA’s regulations for
institutional review board approval and for informed consent and other human subject protections. Required records and reports
are subject to inspection by the FDA. The results of clinical testing may be unfavorable or, even if the intended safety and
efficacy success criteria are achieved, may not be considered sufficient for the FDA to grant approval or clearance of a product.
The commencement or completion of any clinical trial may be delayed or halted, or be inadequate to support approval of a
PMA application, for numerous reasons, including, but not limited to, the following:

13

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the FDA or other regulatory authorities do not approve a clinical trial protocol or a clinical trial, or place a
clinical trial on hold;

patients do not enroll in clinical trials at the rate expected;

patients do not comply with trial protocols;

patient follow-up is not at the rate expected;

patients experience adverse side effects;

patients die during a clinical trial, even though their death may not be related to the products that are part of our
trial;

institutional review boards and third-party clinical investigators may delay or reject the trial protocol;

third-party clinical investigators decline to participate in a trial or do not perform a trial on the anticipated
schedule or consistent with the clinical trial protocol, good clinical practices or other FDA requirements;

we or third-party organizations do not perform data collection, monitoring and analysis in a timely or accurate
manner or consistent with the clinical trial protocol or investigational or statistical plans;

third-party clinical investigators have significant financial interests related to us or our study that the FDA
deems to make the study results unreliable, or the company or investigators fail to disclose such interests;

regulatory inspections of our clinical trials or manufacturing facilities, which may, among other things, require
us to undertake corrective action or suspend or terminate our clinical trials;

changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions;

the interim or final results of the clinical trial are inconclusive or unfavorable as to safety or efficacy; and

the FDA concludes that our trial design is inadequate to demonstrate safety and efficacy.

Other Regulatory Requirements. Even after a device receives clearance or approval and is placed in commercial

distribution, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

establishment registration and device listing;

QSR, which requires manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing,
production, control, supplier/contractor selection, complaint handling, documentation and other quality
assurance procedures during all aspects of the manufacturing process;

labeling regulations that prohibit the promotion of products for uncleared, unapproved or “off-label” uses, and
impose other restrictions on labeling, advertising and promotion;

the FDA’s Medical Device Reporting, or MDR regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA
if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would
likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur;

voluntary and mandatory device recalls to address problems when a device is defective and could be a risk to
health; and

corrections and removals reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field
corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to
remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health.

Also, the FDA may require us to conduct post-market surveillance studies or establish and maintain a system for

tracking our products through the chain of distribution to the patient level. We are currently in the planning phases for a post-
market surveillance study for our t:slim X2 with Control-IQ technology. The FDA and the Food and Drug Branch of the
California Department of Health Services enforce regulatory requirements by conducting periodic, unannounced inspections
and market surveillance. Inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors.

14

In general, failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement actions by the FDA

and other regulatory agencies. These may include any of the following sanctions or consequences:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

warning letters or untitled letters that require corrective action;

fines and civil penalties;

unanticipated expenditures;

delays in approving or refusal to approve future products;

FDA refusal to issue certificates to foreign governments needed to export products for sale in other countries;

suspension or withdrawal of FDA clearance or approval;

product recall or seizure;

interruption of production;

operating restrictions;

injunctions; and

criminal prosecution.

We and our contract manufacturers, specification developers and some suppliers of components or device

accessories, are required to manufacture our products in compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practice, or GMP,
requirements set forth in the QSR. The QSR requires a quality system for the design, manufacture, packaging, labeling, storage,
installation and servicing of marketed devices, and it includes extensive requirements with respect to quality management and
organization, device design, buildings, equipment, purchase and handling of components or services, production and process
controls, packaging and labeling controls, device evaluation, distribution, installation, complaint handling, servicing, and record
keeping. The FDA evaluates compliance with the QSR through periodic unannounced inspections that may include the
manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors. If the FDA believes that we or any of our contract manufacturers, or regulated
suppliers, are not in compliance with these requirements, it can shut down our manufacturing operations, require recall of our
products, refuse to approve new marketing applications, institute legal proceedings to detain or seize products, enjoin future
violations or assess civil and criminal penalties against us or our officers or other employees.

Licensure. In the United States, several states require that durable medical equipment, or DME, providers be

licensed in order to sell products to patients in that state. Some of these states require that DME providers maintain an in-state
location or retain a licensed pharmacist, and in those states, we sell our products through a third-party distributor. Although we
believe we are in material compliance with applicable state regulations regarding licensure requirements, if we were found to be
noncompliant, we could be subject to fines and penalties or lose our licensure in that state, which could prohibit us from selling
our current or future products to patients in that state. In addition, we are subject to certain state laws regarding professional
licensure. We believe that our certified diabetes educators are in material compliance with such state laws. However, if our
educators or we were to be found non-compliant in a given state, we may need to modify our approach to providing education,
clinical support and customer service.

Fraud and Abuse Laws. There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse,

including the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and the Physician Self-Referral Law, or the Stark Law, the federal civil False
Claims Acts, the federal criminal Health Care Fraud Statute, as well as various state laws regulating healthcare. Our
relationships with healthcare providers and other third parties are subject to scrutiny under these laws. Violations of these laws
are punishable by criminal and civil sanctions, including, in some instances, imprisonment and exclusion from participation in
federal and state healthcare programs, including the Medicare, Medicaid and Veterans Administration health programs.

Federal Anti-Kickback Statue. The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully

soliciting, receiving, offering or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce either the referral of
an individual, or the furnishing, recommending, or arranging of a good or service, for which payment may be made under a
federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid.

15

We provide the initial training to customers necessary for appropriate use of our products either through our own

diabetes educators or by contracting with outside diabetes educators who have completed a Tandem pump-training course.
Outside diabetes educators are reimbursed for their services at fair market value. Although we believe that these arrangements
do not violate the Anti-Kickback Statute, regulatory authorities may determine otherwise, especially as enforcement of this law
historically has been a high priority for the federal government. Noncompliance with the federal Anti-Kickback Statute could
result in our exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs (which could adversely affect our revenues to
a material extent), restrictions on our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions, and civil and criminal penalties.

Physician Self-Referral Law. The Stark Law prohibits a physician from referring Medicare or Medicaid patients to

an entity providing “designated health services,” including a company that furnishes durable medical equipment, if the
physician has a financial relationship with the company. In addition to statutory exceptions, the Centers for Medicare and
Medicaid Services (CMS), has issued numerous regulatory exceptions to the Stark Law. Violation of the Stark Law could result
in denial of payment, disgorgement of reimbursements received under a noncompliant arrangement, civil penalties, and
exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs. Although we believe that we have structured our provider
arrangements to comply with current Stark Law requirements, these arrangements may not expressly meet the requirements for
applicable exception from the law.

Federal False Claims Act. The federal False Claims Act provides, in part, that the federal government may bring a
lawsuit against any person whom it believes has knowingly presented, or caused to be presented, a false or fraudulent request
for payment from the federal government, or who has made a false statement or used a false record to get a claim approved. In
addition, amendments in 1986 to the False Claims Act have made it easier for private parties to bring “qui tam” whistleblower
lawsuits under the act. Qui tam actions have increased significantly in recent years, causing greater numbers of healthcare
companies to have to defend a false claim action, pay fines and/or be excluded from Medicare, Medicaid or other federal or
state healthcare programs as a result of an investigation arising out of such action.

We submit reimbursement claims to federal healthcare programs, and we also may provide some coding and billing
information to purchasers of our devices. These activities, if inappropriate, could result in liability under the False Claims Act.
Further, claims arising from relationships which violate the Anti-Kickback Statute are considered to be false claims under the
False Claims Act. Liability under the False Claims Act may also attach to claims arising from financial relationships which
violate the Stark Law. We believe that we currently are in material compliance with the federal government’s laws and
regulations concerning the submission of claims and the provision of coding and billing information. However, because we
cannot guarantee that the government or qui tam relators will regard any billing errors that may be made as inadvertent, or our
provider relationships as compliant, we may have exposure under the False Claims Act.

Federal Health Care Fraud Statutes. We are also subject to a federal health care fraud statute that, among other
things, imposes criminal and civil liability for executing a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program including non-
governmental programs, and prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making
any materially false or fraudulent statement or representation, or making or using any false writing or document with
knowledge that it contains a materially false or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for health
care benefits, items or services.

State Fraud and Abuse Provisions. Many states have also adopted some form of anti-kickback and anti-referral

laws and false claims acts. We believe that we are in material conformance to such laws. Nevertheless, a determination of
liability under such laws could result in fines and penalties and restrictions on our ability to operate in these jurisdictions.

Data Privacy and Information Security Laws and Regulations. t:connect data is hosted on secure servers and our

use of t:connect data is subject to internal policies and procedures that are designed to comply with the federal U.S. Health
Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, as well as applicable U.S state privacy laws (including, but
not limited to, the California Consumer Privacy Act). Although t:connect and t:connect HCP are not currently available to users
or healthcare providers outside the United States, we are also mindful of requirements under Canada’s Personal Information
Protection and Electronic Documents Act, referred to as PIPEDA, and similar provincial laws, and the E.U. General Data
Protection Regulation, commonly known as GDPR, and similar E.U. member state laws. Collectively, these laws and
regulations set standards for safeguarding the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of the personal information we collect
and use from customers and healthcare providers. These laws also require, among other things, that we are transparent about
how we collect and share personal data and that we give t:connect users the ability to know what data we are collecting about
them, to obtain a copy of that data, to correct or amend that data, and to request we restrict use of that data.

16

Healthcare Fraud. In addition to information security and data privacy obligations, HIPAA also created two new

federal crimes: healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits
knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors. A violation of
this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from government sponsored programs. The false
statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any
materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or
services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines or imprisonment. We believe we are in substantial
compliance with these provisions of HIPAA.

Physician Payments Sunshine Act. The Physician Payments Sunshine Act requires certain manufacturers, including

medical device manufacturers, to submit annual data pertaining to payments or other transfers of value to covered recipients,
including physicians. Manufacturers may be subject to audit for their compliance with this law. Failure to submit the required
data in an accurate and timely manner may result in the imposition of civil monetary penalties. We believe we are in substantial
compliance with the Physician Payments Sunshine Act.

Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption Laws. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, and similar laws in

foreign jurisdictions generally prohibit U.S. corporations and their representatives from offering, promising, authorizing or
making improper payments, gifts or transfers to any foreign government official in order to obtain or retain business. The scope
of the FCPA would include interactions with certain healthcare professionals and hospital administrators in many countries. We
believe we are in substantial compliance with the FCPA and similar foreign regulations.

International Regulation

International sales of medical devices are subject to local government regulations, which vary substantially from

country to country. The time required to obtain approval in another country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA
approval, and the requirements may differ. There is a trend towards harmonization of quality system standards among the
European Union, United States, Canada and various other industrialized countries.

The primary regulatory body in Europe is that of the European Union, which includes most of the major countries in

Europe. Other countries, such as Switzerland, have voluntarily adopted laws and regulations that mirror those of the European
Union with respect to medical devices. The European Union has adopted numerous directives and standards regulating the
design, manufacture, clinical trials, labeling and adverse event reporting for medical devices. Devices that comply with the
requirements of a relevant directive will be entitled to bear the CE conformity marking, indicating that the device conforms to
the essential requirements of the applicable directives and, accordingly, can be commercially distributed throughout Europe.
The method of assessing conformity varies depending on the class of the product, but normally involves a combination of self-
assessment by the manufacturer and a third-party assessment by a “Notified Body.” This third-party assessment may consist of
an audit of the manufacturer’s quality system and specific testing of the manufacturer’s product. An assessment by a Notified
Body of one country within the European Union is required in order for a manufacturer to commercially distribute the product
throughout the European Union. Additional local requirements may apply on a country-by-country basis. Outside of the
European Union, regulatory approval would need to be sought on a country-by-country basis in order for us to market our
products.

Employees

As of December 31, 2019, we had 1,043 full-time employees. None of our employees are represented by a collective

bargaining agreement, and we have never experienced any work stoppage. We believe we have good relations with our
employees.

17

Executive Officers

Kim D. Blickenstaff (age 67) has served as Executive Chairman of our board of directors since March 2019, and

previously served as President and Chief Executive Officer from September 2007 to March 2019. Mr. Blickenstaff has served
as one of our directors since September 2007. We recently announced that Mr. Blickenstaff will transition to the role of
Chairman of our board of directors in March 2020. Prior to joining our company, he served as Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer of Biosite Incorporated, or Biosite, a provider of medical diagnostic products, from 1988 until its acquisition by
Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc. in June 2007. Mr. Blickenstaff previously served as a director of Medivation, Inc.
(NASDAQ: MDVN), a biotechnology company, from 2005 to 2016, until its acquisition by Pfizer, and as a director of
DexCom, Inc. (NASDAQ: DXCM), a provider of CGM systems, from June 2001 to September 2007. Mr. Blickenstaff was
formerly a certified public accountant and has more than 20 years of experience overseeing the preparation of financial
statements. He received a B.A. in Political Science from Loyola University, Chicago, and an M.B.A. from the Graduate School
of Business, Loyola University, Chicago.

John F. Sheridan (age 64) has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since March 2019 and as a
member of our board of directors since June 2019. Mr. Sheridan previously served as Executive Vice President and Chief
Operating Officer since April 2013. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Sheridan served as Chief Operating Officer of Rapiscan
Systems, Inc., a provider of security equipment and systems, from March 2012 to February 2013. Mr. Sheridan served as
Executive Vice President of Research and Development and Operations for Volcano Corporation, a medical technology
company, from November 2004 to March 2010. From May 2002 to May 2004, Mr. Sheridan served as Executive Vice President
of Operations at CardioNet, Inc., a medical technology company, now operating as BioTelemetry, Inc. (NASDAQ: BEAT).
From March 1998 to May 2002, he served as Vice President of Operations at Digirad Corporation, a medical imaging company.
Mr. Sheridan holds a B.S. in Chemistry from the University of West Florida and an M.B.A. from Boston University.

David B. Berger (age 50) has served as our Chief Legal and Compliance Officer since April 2019, as General

Counsel since August 2013, as our Corporate Secretary since January 2015, and as our Executive Vice President since January
2016. From January 2008 until August 2013, Mr. Berger was employed at Senomyx, Inc., a taste science company, where he
most recently served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel. He also served as Corporate Secretary of Senomyx from
January 2008 until May 2014. From April 2003 until October 2007, Mr. Berger was responsible for all commercial aspects of
legal affairs at Biosite, most recently serving as Vice President, Legal Affairs. Previously, Mr. Berger was an attorney at Cooley
Godward LLP and Amylin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Mr. Berger holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of California,
Berkeley and a J.D. from Stanford Law School.

Brian B. Hansen (age 52) has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer since February

2016. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Hansen served from September 2014 as Chief Commercial Officer of Adaptive
Biotechnologies Corp. From May 2013 to September 2014, Mr. Hansen served as Head of Commercial, Sales and Marketing,
of Genoptix, a Novartis Company. From December 2005 to February 2013, he served in various roles of increasing
responsibility at Gen-Probe, Inc., a medical diagnostics company, most recently serving as Senior Vice President, Global Sales
and Services from January 2012 to February 2013. Mr. Hansen received a B.S. in Business Administration from the University
of Missouri-Columbia, and an M.B.A. from the School of Business at San Diego State University.

Elizabeth A. Gasser (age 44) has served as our Executive Vice President of Strategy and Corporate Development

since January 2020. Prior to joining our company, Ms. Gasser served from June 2017 as an independent adviser providing
strategic and corporate development solutions to boards and executive teams. From January 2016 to June 2017 she was Vice
President of Corporate Strategy at QUALCOMM Technologies, Inc. (QTI), a subsidiary of QUALCOMM Incorporated
(NASDAQ: QCOM), a global leader in the development and commercialization of technologies and products used in mobile
devices and other wireless products. Prior to that, from November 2012 to January 2016 she was Vice President of Strategic
Development at QTI, after serving in other strategic related roles of increasing responsibility beginning in 2006. Ms. Gasser
holds a B.A. and an M.A. in Economics from the University of Cambridge.

Susan M. Morrison (age 40) has served as our Chief Administrative Officer since September 2013 and as an

Executive Vice President since December 2017. From April 2013 until September 2013, she served as our Vice President,
Human Resources, Corporate and Investor Relations. Ms. Morrison served as our Director, Corporate and Investor Relations,
from January 2009 to March 2013, and was our Director, Corporate Services from November 2007 to December 2008. Prior to
joining our company, Ms. Morrison held various positions in Corporate and Investor Relations at Biosite from August 2003
through November 2007. Ms. Morrison holds a B.A. in Public Relations from Western Michigan University.

18

Leigh A. Vosseller (age 47) has served as our Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer since

June 2018, and served as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer from January 2018 to May 2018. Ms.
Vosseller is our principal financial and accounting officer. She joined us as Vice President of Finance in 2013 and was promoted
to Senior Vice President of Finance in August 2017. Prior to that time, she served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
at Genoptix, beginning in 2011, after initially joining Genoptix in 2008. Prior to that she held a senior finance position at
Biosite where she played a key role in developing the financial and administrative infrastructure for international expansion.
Ms. Vosseller is a certified public accountant (inactive) and holds a B.S. in Accounting from Missouri State University.

Family Relationships

Mr. Sheridan, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and Ms. Vosseller, our Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Treasurer, are involved in a personal relationship and share a primary residence. Ms. Vosseller reports
directly to Mr. Sheridan. Our board of directors is informed of the relationship and due to the direct reporting arrangement, we
have taken appropriate actions to ensure compliance with Company policies and procedures. Mr. Sheridan and Ms. Vosseller
will not be involved in setting compensation or benefits for one another, which will continue to be determined by our
Compensation Committee. In addition, our Audit Committee of the Board of Directors considered whether additional internal
disclosure controls and procedures are appropriate in light of the circumstances and, as a result, certain additional internal
controls were implemented during the year ended December 31, 2019.

Except as described above, there are no family relationships between any of our directors and executive officers.

Additional Information

We were incorporated in Colorado in January 2006 and reincorporated in Delaware in January 2008. Our website

address is www.tandemdiabetes.com. We post links to our website to the following filings as soon as reasonably practicable
after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC: annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q,
current reports on Form 8-K, proxy statements, information statements, beneficial ownership reports and any amendments to
those reports or statements filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, or the Exchange Act. All such filings are available through our website free of charge. However, the information
contained on or accessed through our website does not constitute part of this Annual Report, and references to our website
address in this Annual Report are inactive textual references only.

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

An investment in our common stock involves risks. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together
with all of the other information included in this Annual Report, as well as in our other filings with the SEC, in evaluating our
business. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, operating results and future prospects
could be materially and adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our common stock may decline and you might lose
all or part of your investment. The risks described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks that we currently do
not know about or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also impair our business, financial condition, operating
results and prospects. Certain statements below are forward-looking statements. For additional information, see the section of
this Annual Report under the caption “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Risks Related to our Business and our Industry

We have incurred significant operating losses since inception and cannot assure you that we will achieve sustained
profitability.

Since our inception in January 2006, we have incurred a significant net loss. As of December 31, 2019, we had an

accumulated deficit of $624.8 million. To date, we have funded our operations primarily through private and public offerings of
our equity securities, cash collected from sales of our products, and debt financing which has since been fully repaid. We have
devoted substantially all of our resources to the design, development and commercialization of our products, the scaling of our
manufacturing operations and commercial organization, the research and development of our current products and products
under development, and the assembly of a management team to manage our business.

We began commercial sales of our first product, t:slim, in August 2012 and our flagship pump platform, t:slim X2,

in October 2016. The t:slim X2 hardware platform now represents 100% of new pump shipments. Until the third quarter of
2018 we were only selling our products in the United States.

19

Since the first quarter of 2013, we have been able to manufacture and sell our insulin pump products at a cost and in
volumes sufficient to allow us to achieve a positive overall gross margin. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, our
gross profit was $194.2 million and $89.8 million, respectively. Although we have achieved a positive overall gross margin and
have substantially reduced our operating loss, we still operate at a net loss on an annual basis and expect that we may continue
to do so for the foreseeable future.

To implement our business strategy and achieve consistent profitability, we need to, among other things, increase

sales of our products and the gross profit associated with those sales, maintain an appropriate customer service and support
infrastructure, fund ongoing research and development activities, create additional efficiencies in our manufacturing processes
while adding to our capacity, and obtain regulatory clearance or approval to commercialize our products currently under
development both domestically and internationally. We expect our expenses will continue to increase as we pursue these
objectives and make investments in our business. Additional increases in our expenses without commensurate increases in sales
could significantly increase our operating losses.

The extent of our future operating losses and the timing of our profitability are highly uncertain in light of a number

of factors, including the timing of the launch of new products and product features by us and our competitors, market
acceptance of our products and competitive products by people with insulin-dependent diabetes, their caregivers and healthcare
providers, and the timing of regulatory approval of our products and the products of our competitors. Any additional operating
losses will have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to sustain
profitability.

We currently rely on sales of insulin pump products to generate a significant portion of our revenue, and any factors that
negatively impact sales of these products may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We generate nearly all of our revenue from the sale of t:slim X2 insulin pumps and the related insulin cartridges and

infusion sets. Sales of these products may be negatively impacted by many factors, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

market acceptance of the insulin pumps and related products manufactured and sold by our key
competitors, including Medtronic MiniMed, a division of Medtronic plc;

the potential that breakthroughs for the monitoring, treatment or prevention of diabetes may render
our insulin pumps obsolete or less desirable;

adverse regulatory or legal actions relating to our products, or similar products or technologies of
our competitors;

failure of our Tandem Device Updater to accurately and timely provide customers with remote
access to new product features and functionality as anticipated, or our failure to obtain regulatory
approval for any such updates;

changes in reimbursement rates or policies relating to insulin pumps or similar products or
technologies by third-party payors, such as the decision by UnitedHealthcare that restricts a majority
of its members from accessing our pumps;

our inability to enter into contracts with third-party payors on a timely basis and on acceptable
terms;

problems arising from the expansion of our manufacturing capabilities and commercial operations,
or destruction, loss, or temporary shutdown of our manufacturing facilities;

concerns regarding the perceived safety or reliability of any of our products, or any component
thereof; and

claims that any of our products, or any component thereof, infringes on patent rights or other
intellectual property rights of third parties.

20

In addition, sales of any of our current or future insulin pump products with CGM integration are subject to the

continuation of our applicable agreements with Dexcom or other third parties which, under some circumstances, may be subject
to termination, with or without cause, on relatively short notice. Sales of our current products may also be negatively impacted
in the event of any regulatory or legal actions relating to CGM products that are compatible with our pumps, or in the event of
any disruption to the availability of the applicable CGM-related supplies, such as sensors or transmitters, in a given market in
which our products are sold. Sales of our products may also be adversely impacted if the CGM products that are compatible
with our pumps are not viewed as superior to competing CGM products in markets where our products are sold, or if the price
of these products is not competitive with similar products available in the market.

Because we currently rely on sales of our t:slim X2 insulin pump and related products to generate a significant

majority of our revenue, any factors that negatively impact sales of these products, or result in sales of these products
increasing at a lower rate than expected, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our ability to maintain and grow our revenue depends in part on retaining a high percentage of our customer base.

A key to maintaining and growing our revenue is the retention of a high percentage of our customers due to the

potentially significant revenue generated from ongoing purchases of disposable insulin cartridges and other supplies. In
addition, our pumps are designed and tested to remain effective for at least four years and a satisfied customer may consider
purchasing another product from us when the time comes to replace the pump. We have developed retention programs aimed at
our customers, their caregivers and healthcare providers, which include training specific to our products, ongoing support by
sales and clinical employees, and technical support and customer service. Demand for our products from our existing customers
could decline or could fail to increase in line with our projections as a result of a number of factors, including the introduction
of competitive products, breakthroughs for the monitoring, treatment or prevention of diabetes, changes in reimbursement rates
or policies, manufacturing problems, perceived safety or reliability issues with our products or components or the products of
our competitors, the failure to secure regulatory clearance or approvals for products or product features in a timely manner or at
all, or for other reasons. The failure to retain a high percentage of our customers and increase sales to these customers
consistent with our forecasts would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We operate in a very competitive industry and if we fail to compete successfully against our existing or potential competitors,
many of whom have greater resources than us, our sales and operating results may be negatively affected.

The medical device industry is intensely competitive, subject to rapid change and highly sensitive to the

introduction of new products, treatment techniques or technologies, as well as other activities of industry participants. We
believe our products compete, and will continue to compete, directly with a number of traditional insulin pumps, as well as
other methods for the treatment of diabetes, including MDI therapy.

Our primary competitors are major medical device companies that are either publicly traded companies or divisions

or subsidiaries of publicly traded companies, including Insulet and Medtronic MiniMed. In addition, Eli Lilly & Co. is
developing an insulin pump. There are also a number of other companies developing and marketing their own insulin delivery
systems and/or related software applications, including insulin pumps and Bluetooth-enabled insulin pens to support MDI
therapy. While these industry changes are significant, it is difficult to know how they will impact our business or the
competitive landscape in which we operate. Our key competitors, most notably Medtronic, enjoy several competitive
advantages over us, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

greater financial and human resources for sales and marketing, product development, customer
service and clinical resources;

greater ability to respond to competitive pressures and regulatory uncertainty;

established relationships with healthcare providers, third-party payors and regulatory agencies;

established reputation and name recognition among healthcare providers and other key opinion
leaders in the medical industry generally and the diabetes industry in particular;

greater market share and established base of customers;

larger and more established distribution networks;

greater ability to cross-sell products or provide incentives to healthcare providers to use their
products; and

21

•

more experience in conducting research and development, manufacturing, clinical trials, and
obtaining regulatory approval or clearance.

In some instances, our competitors offer products that include features that we do not currently offer. For instance,

Insulet offers an insulin pump with a tubeless delivery system that does not utilize an infusion set.

In addition, the competitive environment in which we operate has resulted and may continue to result in competitive
pressures on our manufacturers, suppliers, distributors, collaboration partners and other business constituents. For example, we
have entered into development agreements with Dexcom, which provide us non-exclusive licenses to integrate various
generations of Dexcom CGM technology with our insulin pump products. In the fourth quarter of 2017, Abbott launched a new
blood glucose sensing technology in the United States which competes with the Dexcom technology, and another CGM product
with CE Mark approval was approved in the second quarter of 2018 for sale in the United States. While we are currently in
discussions with Abbott to develop and commercialize integrated diabetes solutions, there can be no assurance that we will
enter into a definitive agreement with Abbott, that such an agreement will be on terms favorable to us, or that this collaboration
will be successful. Competitive pressures within our industry could negatively impact the financial condition of our business
partners, impact their ability to fulfill contractual obligations to us, and result in harm to our financial condition and operating
results.

For these and other reasons, we may not be able to compete successfully against our current or potential future
competitors. As a result, our product sales may be negatively affected, which could have a material adverse impact on our
financial condition and operating results

Competitive products or other technological developments and breakthroughs for the monitoring, treatment or prevention of
diabetes may render our products obsolete or less desirable.

Our ability to achieve our strategic objectives will depend, among other things, on our ability to develop and

commercialize products for the treatment of diabetes that offer distinct features and functionality, are easy-to-use, provide
superior treatment outcomes, receive adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors, and are otherwise more
appealing than available alternatives. Our primary competitors, as well as a number of other companies and medical researchers
are pursuing new delivery devices, delivery technologies, sensing technologies, treatment techniques, procedures, drugs and
other therapies for the monitoring, treatment and prevention of diabetes. Any breakthroughs in diabetes monitoring, treatment
or prevention could reduce the potential market for our products or render our products obsolete altogether, which would
significantly reduce our sales or cause our sales to grow at a slower rate than we currently expect. In addition, even the
perception that new products may be introduced, or that technological or treatment advancements could occur, could cause
consumers to delay the purchase of our products.

Because the insulin-dependent diabetes market is large and growing, we anticipate companies will continue to

dedicate significant resources to developing competitive products and technologies. The introduction by competitors of
products that are or claim to be superior to our products may create market confusion that may make it difficult to differentiate
the benefits of our products over competitive products. In addition, some of our competitors employ aggressive pricing
strategies, including the use of discounts, rebates, low cost product upgrades or other financial incentives that could adversely
affect sales of our products. If a competitor develops a product that competes with or is perceived to be superior to our
products, or if competitors continue to utilize strategies that place downward pressure on pricing within our industry, our sales
may decline, our operating margins could be reduced and we may fail to meet our financial projections, which would materially
and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Moreover, we have designed our products to resemble modern consumer electronic devices to address certain

embarrassment and functionality concerns consumers have raised with respect to traditional pumps. The consumer electronics
industry is itself highly competitive, and characterized by continuous new product introductions, rapid developments in
technology, and subjective and changing consumer preferences. If, in the future, consumers cease to view our products as
contemporary or convenient as compared to then-existing consumer electronics technology, our products may become less
desirable.

22

The failure of our insulin pump and related products to achieve and maintain market acceptance could result in us
achieving sales below our expectations, which would cause our business, financial condition and operating results to be
materially and adversely affected.

Our current business strategy is highly dependent on our insulin pump and related products achieving and

maintaining market acceptance. In order for us to sell our products to people with insulin-dependent diabetes, we must
convince them, their caregivers and healthcare providers that our products are an attractive alternative to competitive products
for the treatment of diabetes, including traditional insulin pump products and MDI therapies, as well as alternative diabetes
monitoring, treatment or prevention methodologies. Market acceptance and adoption of our products depends on educating
people with diabetes, as well as their caregivers and healthcare providers, about the distinct features, ease-of-use, beneficial
treatment outcomes, and other perceived benefits of our products as compared to competitive products. If we are not successful
in convincing existing and potential customers of the benefits of our products, or if we are not able to achieve the support of
caregivers and healthcare providers for our products, our sales may decline or we may achieve sales below our expectations.

Market acceptance of our products could be negatively impacted by many factors, including:

•

•

•

•

•

the failure of our products to achieve and maintain wide acceptance among people with insulin-
dependent diabetes, their caregivers, healthcare providers, third-party payors and key opinion
leaders in the diabetes treatment community;

lack of evidence supporting the safety, ease-of-use or other perceived benefits of our products over
competitive products or other currently-available insulin treatment methodologies;

perceived risks or uncertainties associated with the use of our products, or components thereof, or of
similar products or technologies of our competitors;

adverse regulatory or legal actions relating to our insulin pump products or similar products or
technologies; and

results of clinical studies relating to our existing products or products under development or similar
competitive products.

In addition, even if we are able to convince people with insulin-dependent diabetes, their caregivers or healthcare
providers that our products compare favorably to the products and treatment alternatives offered by our competitors, negative
perceptions regarding our size or financial stability relative to that of our competitors could cause consumers to delay the
purchase of our products or to purchase competitive products.

Furthermore, the rapid evolution of technology and treatment options within our industry may cause consumers to
delay the purchase of our products in anticipation of advancements or breakthroughs, or the perception that advancements or
breakthroughs could occur, in our products or the products offered by our competitors. It is also possible that consumers
interested in purchasing any of our future products currently under development may delay the purchase of one of our current
products.

If our insulin pump products do not achieve and maintain widespread market acceptance, we may fail to achieve

sales consistent with our projections, in which case our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially
and adversely affected.

Failure to secure or retain adequate coverage or reimbursement for our current products and our potential future products
by third-party payors could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

A substantial portion of the purchase price of an insulin pump is typically paid for by third-party payors, including

private insurance companies, preferred provider organizations and other managed care providers. Future sales of our current
and future products will be limited unless our customers can rely on third-party payors to pay for all or part of the associated
purchase cost. Access to adequate coverage and reimbursement for our current and future products by third-party payors, both
domestically and internationally, is essential to the acceptance of our products by customers.

23

As guidelines in setting their coverage and reimbursement policies, many third-party payors in the United States use

coverage decisions and payment amounts determined by CMS, which administers the U.S. Medicare program. Medicare
periodically reviews its reimbursement practices for diabetes-related products, and there is uncertainty as to the future Medicare
reimbursement rate for our products. In addition to the currently existing reimbursement code for insulin pumps, CMS recently
established an additional reimbursement code for insulin pumps with automated insulin delivery and CGM integration. The
reimbursement rate for the new code is expected to be established in 2020, but is not yet known. We are unable to determine the
effect of this new reimbursement code on the volume of our pump sales, pump revenues, and operating results, until the
reimbursement rate is known. It is also possible that CMS may review and modify the current coverage and reimbursement of
diabetes-related products in connection with anticipated changes to the regulatory approval process for insulin pumps and
related products, software applications and services. In addition, third-party payors that do not follow the CMS guidelines may
adopt different coverage and reimbursement policies for our current and future products. It is possible that some third-party
payors will not offer any coverage for our current or future products. For instance, UnitedHealthcare has designated one of our
competitors as their preferred, in-network durable medical equipment provider of insulin pumps for most customers age seven
or above. Unless UnitedHealthcare changes its coverage policies regarding insulin pumps, we expect this decision will prevent
a majority of UnitedHealthcare members from purchasing our products. It is possible that other third-party payors may adopt
similar policies in the future, which would adversely impact our ability to sell our products.

We currently have contracts establishing reimbursement for our insulin pump products with approximately 184

national and regional third-party payors in the United States. While we may enter into additional contracts both domestically
and internationally, with third-party payors and add coverage for future products under our current agreements, we cannot
guarantee that we will succeed in doing so or that the reimbursement contracts that we are able to negotiate will enable us to
sell our products on a profitable basis. In particular, we have limited experience securing reimbursement in international
markets. In addition, existing contracts with third-party payors generally can be modified or terminated by the third-party payor
without cause and with little or no notice to us. Moreover, compliance with the administrative procedures or requirements of
third-party payors may result in delays in processing approvals by those third-party payors for customers to obtain coverage for
our products. Failure to secure or retain adequate coverage or reimbursement for our current and future products by third-party
payors, or delays in processing approvals by those payors, could result in the loss of sales, which could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Further, the healthcare industry in the United States is increasingly focused on cost containment as government and

private insurers seek to control healthcare costs by imposing lower payment rates and negotiating reduced contract rates with
third-party payors. If third-party payors deny coverage or reduce their current levels of payment, or if our production costs
increase faster than increases in reimbursement levels, we may be unable to sell our products on a profitable basis.

We may face unexpected challenges in marketing and selling our products, and training new customers on the use of our
products, which could harm our ability to achieve our sales forecasts.

We have limited experience marketing and selling our newer products as well as training new customers on their
use, particularly in international markets. In addition, the vast majority of our existing customers are individuals with type 1
diabetes, and we have limited experience marketing and selling our products to customers with type 2 diabetes. We anticipate
that selling our products to customers with higher insulin requirements, including customers with type 2 diabetes, may be even
more difficult following our decision to discontinue sales of new t:flex pumps in the third quarter of 2018.

Our financial condition and operating results are and will continue to be highly dependent on our ability to

adequately promote, market and sell our t:slim X2 insulin pump and related products, and the ability of our diabetes educators
to train new customers on the use of our products. If our sales and marketing representatives or diabetes educators fail to
achieve their objectives, our sales could decrease or may not increase at levels that are in line with our forecasts.

24

If we are unable to maintain our existing sales, marketing, clinical and customer service infrastructure, we may fail to
increase our sales to meet our forecasts.

A key element of our business strategy involves our sales, clinical, marketing and customer service personnel

driving adoption of our products. We have significantly increased the number of sales, marketing, clinical and customer service
personnel employed by us since we commenced commercial sales in 2012. However, we have faced considerable challenges in
growing and managing these resources, including with respect to recruiting, training and assimilation of new territories and
accounts. We expect to continue to face significant challenges as we manage and grow our infrastructure in the future and work
to motivate and retain the individuals who make up our existing infrastructure. These challenges may be even greater in
connection with our commercial expansion outside of the United States, where we have limited experience. Unexpected
turnover among our sales, marketing, clinical and customer service personnel, or unanticipated challenges in recruiting
additional personnel, would have a negative impact on our ability to achieve our sales projections. Further, if a sales, marketing
or clinical representative was to depart and be retained by one of our competitors, we may fail to prevent him or her from
helping competitors solicit business from our existing customers, which could adversely affect our sales. Similarly, if we are
not able to recruit and retain a network of diabetes educators and customer service personnel, we may not be able to
successfully train and service new customers, which could delay new sales and harm our reputation.

We expect the management of our sales, marketing, clinical and customer service personnel will continue to place
significant burdens on our management team. If we are unable to retain our personnel in line with our strategic plans, we may
not be able to effectively commercialize our existing products or products under development, or enhance the strength of our
brand, either of which could result in the failure of our sales to increase in line with our projections or cause sales to decline.

Our sales and marketing efforts are dependent on independent distributors who are free to market products that compete
with our products. If we are unable to maintain or expand our network of independent distributors, our sales may be
negatively affected.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, sales to approximately 55 independent distributors represented

approximately 76% of our sales. We believe a majority of our sales will continue to be to independent distributors for the
foreseeable future, and it is possible that the percentage of our sales to independent distributors could increase, particularly in
light of our reliance on independent distributors outside of the United States. For example, our dependence upon independent
distributors domestically could increase if third-party payors decide to contract with independent distributors directly in lieu of
contracting with us to supply our products to their members directly. Our dependence upon independent distributors could also
increase if customers prefer to purchase all of their diabetes supplies through a single source, instead of purchasing pump-
related products through us and other diabetes supplies through other suppliers. None of our independent distributors
domestically has been required to sell our products exclusively and each of them may freely sell the products of our
competitors. Our distributor agreements in the United States generally have one-year initial terms with automatic one-
year renewal terms, and are terminable in connection with a party’s material breach. Our distributor agreements outside of the
United States generally have longer initial terms and, in addition to being terminable in connection with a party’s material
breach, include provisions that allow us to terminate those agreements prior to their ordinary expiration in specified
circumstances. If we are unable to maintain or expand our network of independent distributors, our sales may be negatively
affected.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, our two largest independent distributors in the United States collectively

comprised approximately 31% of our worldwide sales, and our three largest independent international distributors collectively
comprised approximately 60% of our international sales. If any of our key independent distributors were to cease to distribute
our products or reduce their promotion of our products as compared to the products of our competitors, our sales could be
adversely affected. In that case, we may need to seek alternative independent distributors or increase our reliance on our other
independent distributors or our direct sales representatives, which may not prevent our sales from being adversely affected.
Additionally, to the extent we enter into additional arrangements with independent distributors to perform sales, marketing or
distribution services, the terms of the arrangements could result in our product margins being lower than if we directly
marketed and sold our products.

25

If the third parties on which we increasingly rely to assist us with our current and anticipated pre-clinical development or
clinical trials do not perform as expected, we may not be able to obtain regulatory clearance or approval or commercialize
our products.

As our clinical infrastructure expands, we expect to increasingly rely on third parties, such as contract research

organizations, medical institutions, clinical investigators and contract laboratories to conduct some of our current and
anticipated pre-clinical investigations and clinical trials. If we are not able to reach mutually acceptable agreements with these
third parties on a timely basis, these third parties do not successfully carry out their commitments or regulatory obligations or
meet expected deadlines, or the quality or accuracy of the data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to
agreed upon clinical protocols or regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our pre-clinical development activities or
clinical trials may be extended, delayed, suspended or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory clearance or
approval for, or successfully commercialize, our products on a timely basis, if at all, and our business, operating results and
prospects may be adversely affected.

We are increasingly dependent on clinical investigators and clinical sites to enroll patients in our current and anticipated
clinical trials, and the failure to successfully complete the clinical trials could prevent us from obtaining regulatory
approvals for or commercializing our products.

As part of our product development efforts, we expect to increasingly rely on clinical investigators and clinical sites

to enroll patients in our clinical trials and other third parties to manage such trials and to perform related data collection and
analysis. However, we may not be able to control the amount and timing of resources that clinical sites may devote to our
clinical trials. If these clinical investigators and clinical sites fail to enroll a sufficient number of patients, fail to ensure
compliance by patients with clinical protocols, or fail to comply with regulatory requirements, we may be unable to
successfully complete our clinical trials, which could prevent us from obtaining regulatory approvals for our products and
commercializing our products, which would have an adverse impact on our business.

If important assumptions about the potential market for our products are inaccurate, or if we have failed to understand
what people with insulin-dependent diabetes are seeking in an insulin pump, our business and operating results may be
adversely affected.

Our business strategy was developed based on a number of important assumptions about the diabetes industry in

general, and the insulin-dependent diabetes market in particular, any one or more of which may prove to be inaccurate or may
change over time. For example, we believe that the benefits of insulin pump therapy as compared to other common insulin
treatment alternatives will continue to drive growth in the market for insulin pump therapy. In addition, we believe the
incidence of diabetes in the United States and worldwide is increasing. However, each of these assumptions may prove to be
inaccurate and limited sources exist to compare treatment alternatives and obtain reliable market data. The actual incidence of
diabetes, and the actual demand for our products or competitive products, could differ materially from our projections if our
assumptions are incorrect. In addition, our strategy of focusing exclusively on the insulin-dependent diabetes market may limit
our ability to increase sales or achieve profitability.

Another key element of our business strategy is utilizing market research to understand what people with diabetes

are seeking to improve their diabetes therapy management. This strategy underlies our entire product design, marketing and
customer support approach and is the basis on which we developed our current products and are pursuing the development of
new products. However, our market research is based on interviews, focus groups and online surveys involving people with
insulin-dependent diabetes, their caregivers and healthcare providers that represent only a small percentage of the overall
insulin-dependent diabetes market. As a result, the responses we received may not be reflective of the broader market and may
not provide us accurate insight into the desires of people with insulin-dependent diabetes. In addition, understanding the
meaning and significance of the responses received during our market research necessarily requires that analysis be conducted
and conclusions be drawn. We may not be able perform an analysis that yields meaningful results, or the conclusions we draw
from the analysis could be misleading or incorrect. Moreover, even if our market research has allowed us to better understand
the features and functionality consumers are seeking in an insulin pump to improve management of their diabetes therapy, there
can be no assurance that consumers will actually purchase our products or that our competitors will not develop products with
similar features.

26

We expect to face complexities frequently encountered by companies in competitive and rapidly-evolving markets, which
may make it difficult to evaluate our business and forecast our future sales and operating results.

We operate in a competitive and rapidly-evolving market. Important industry changes, such as the FDA approval

and launch of new products by our competitors, as well as changes specific to our business, such as the timing of our launch of
new products currently in development and our potential expansion of commercial sales in international markets, combine to
make it more difficult for us to predict our future sales and operating results, as well as our expected timeframe to achieve
profitability. In assessing our business prospects, you should consider these factors as well as the various risks and difficulties
frequently encountered by companies in competitive and rapidly evolving markets, particularly those companies that
manufacture and sell medical devices.

These risks include our ability to:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

implement and execute our business strategy;

manage and improve the productivity of our sales, clinical, marketing and customer service
infrastructure to grow sales of our existing and proposed products, and enhance our ability to
provide service and support to our customers;

achieve and maintain market acceptance of our products and increase awareness of our brand among
people with insulin-dependent diabetes, their caregivers and healthcare providers;

comply with a broad range of regulatory requirements within a highly regulated industry;

enhance our manufacturing capabilities, increase production of products efficiently while
maintaining quality standards, and adapt our manufacturing facilities to the production of new
products;

respond effectively to competitive pressures and developments;

enhance our existing products and develop proposed products;

obtain and maintain regulatory clearance or approval to enhance our existing products and
commercialize proposed products;

perform clinical trials with respect to our existing products and proposed products; and

attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel in various areas of our business.

As a result of these or other risks, we may not be able to execute key components of our business strategy, and our

business, financial condition and operating results may suffer

The Technology Upgrade Program resulted in accounting complexities that may lead to confusion when comparing our
historical and future financial results.

While our Technology Upgrade Program expired on September 30, 2017, it resulted in a number of accounting

complexities that made comparisons of our historical and future financial results more difficult. In particular, during the term of
the Technology Upgrade Program, generally accepted accounting principles in the United States prevented us from
recognizing, at the time of sale, up to 100% of the sales and cost of sales associated with the sale of our insulin pumps to
eligible customers. Instead, depending on the type of pump sold, we were required to defer some or all of the sales and cost of
sales until a later date. In light of the expiration of the program, we are no longer subject to these accounting deferrals.
However, in evaluating our 2017 financial results through December 31, 2017, as a result of the Technology Upgrade Program
we recorded incremental net sales of $5.0 million that were previously deferred, with a corresponding increase of $3.1 million
in gross profit. It is possible that we may offer other consumer-directed programs in the future, which may result in similar or
additional accounting complexities making comparisons of historical and future results more difficult.

Despite our efforts to explain the required accounting treatment for the Technology Upgrade Program, it is possible

that there may be confusion when comparing our historical and future financial results, which may cause investors to avoid
investing in our common stock and adversely impact our stock price.

27

Our ability to achieve profitability will depend, in part, on our ability to reduce the per unit cost of our products while also
increasing production volume.

We believe our ability to reduce the per unit cost of our insulin pumps and related products will have a significant

impact on our ability to achieve profitability. Our cost of sales includes raw materials and component parts, labor costs, product
training expenses, freight, reserves for expected warranty costs, royalties, scrap and excess and obsolete inventories. It also
includes manufacturing overhead costs, including expenses relating to quality assurance, manufacturing engineering, material
procurement and inventory control, facilities, equipment, information technology and operations management. Our warranty
reserves require a significant amount of judgment and are primarily estimated based on historical experience. Recently released
versions of our pump may not incur warranty costs in a manner similar to previously released pumps. If we are unable to
increase our production volumes while sustaining or reducing our overall cost of sales, including through arrangements such as
volume purchase discounts, negotiation of pricing and cost reductions with our suppliers, more efficient training programs for
customers, improved warranty performance or fluctuations in warranty estimates, it will be difficult to reduce our per unit costs
and our ability to achieve profitability will be constrained.

In addition, the per unit cost of our products is significantly impacted by our overall production volumes, and any
factors that prevent our products from achieving market acceptance, cause our production volumes to decline, or result in our
sales growing at a slower rate than we expect, would significantly impact our expected per unit costs, which would adversely
impact our gross margins. In addition, we may not achieve anticipated improvements in manufacturing efficiency as we
undertake actions to expand our manufacturing capacity. If we are unable to effectively manage our overall costs while
increasing our production volumes and lowering our per unit costs, we may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability,
which would have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Manufacturing risks may adversely affect our ability to manufacture products, which could negatively impact our sales and
operating margins.

Our business strategy depends on our ability to manufacture our current and proposed products in sufficient

quantities and on a timely basis so as to meet consumer demand, while adhering to product quality standards, complying with
regulatory requirements and managing manufacturing costs. We are subject to numerous risks related to our manufacturing
capabilities, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

quality or reliability defects in product components that we source from third-party suppliers;

our inability to secure product components in a timely manner, in sufficient quantities and on
commercially reasonable terms;

difficulty identifying and qualifying alternative suppliers for components in a timely manner;

implementing and maintaining acceptable quality systems while experiencing rapid growth;

our failure to increase production of products to meet demand;

our inability to modify production lines and expand manufacturing facilities to enable us to
efficiently produce future products or implement changes in current products in response to
consumer demand or regulatory requirements;

our inability to manufacture multiple products simultaneously while utilizing common
manufacturing equipment; and

potential damage to or destruction of our manufacturing equipment or manufacturing facilities.

As demand for our products increases, and as the number of our commercial products expands, we will have to

invest additional resources to purchase components, hire and train employees, and enhance our manufacturing processes and
quality systems. We may also increase our utilization of third parties to perform contracted manufacturing services for us, and
we may need to acquire additional custom designed equipment to support the expansion of our manufacturing capacity. In
addition, although we expect some of our products under development to share product features and components with our
current products, manufacturing of these products may require modification of our production lines, hiring of specialized
employees, identification of new suppliers for specific components, qualifying and implementing additional equipment and
procedures, obtaining new regulatory approvals, or developing new manufacturing technologies. Ultimately, it may not be
possible for us to manufacture these products at a cost or in quantities sufficient to make these products commercially viable.

28

If we fail to increase our production capacity to meet consumer demand while also maintaining product quality
standards, obtaining and maintaining regulatory approvals, and efficiently managing costs, our sales and operating margins
could be negatively impacted, which would have an adverse impact on our financial condition and operating results.

We depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers for certain components and products, and the loss of any of these
suppliers, their inability to provide us with an adequate supply of components or products, or our ability to adequately
forecast customer demand, could harm our business.

We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third-party suppliers to supply components of our current
products and our potential future products, including our disposable cartridges. For example, we rely on plastic injection
molding companies to provide plastic molded components, electronic manufacturing suppliers to provide electronic assemblies,
and machining companies to provide machined mechanical components. We also purchase all of our infusion sets and pump
accessories from third-party suppliers. For our business strategy to be successful, our suppliers must be able to provide us with
components and products in sufficient quantities, in compliance with regulatory requirements and quality control standards, in
accordance with agreed-upon specifications, at acceptable costs and on a timely basis.

Although we have long-term supply agreements with many of our suppliers, these agreements do not include long-
term capacity commitments. Under most of our supply agreements, we make purchases on a purchase order basis and have no
obligation to buy any given quantity of components or products until we place written orders, and our suppliers have no
obligation to manufacture for us or sell to us any given quantity of components or products until they accept an order. In
addition, our suppliers may encounter problems that limit their ability to manufacture components or products for us, including
financial difficulties, damage to their manufacturing equipment or facilities or problems with their own suppliers. As a result,
our ability to purchase adequate quantities of our components or products may be limited. If we fail to obtain sufficient
quantities of high-quality components to meet demand on a timely basis, we could lose customer orders, our reputation may be
harmed and our business could suffer.

We generally use a small number of suppliers for our components and products, some of which are located outside

the United States including China and Mexico. Depending on a limited number of suppliers exposes us to risks, including
limited control over cost such as tariffs, availability, quality and delivery schedules. Moreover, in some cases, we do not have
long-standing relationships with our manufacturers and may not be able to convince suppliers to continue to make components
available to us unless there is demand for such components from their other customers. As a result, there is a risk that certain
components could be discontinued and no longer available to us. We have in the past been, and we may in the future be,
required to make significant “last time” purchases of component inventories that are being discontinued by the manufacturer to
ensure supply continuity. If any one or more of our suppliers cease to provide us with sufficient quantities of components in a
timely manner or on terms acceptable to us, we would have to seek alternative sources of supply. Because of factors such as the
proprietary nature of our products, our quality control standards and applicable regulatory requirements, we cannot quickly
engage additional or replacement suppliers for some of our critical components. Failure of any of our suppliers to deliver
products at the level our business requires could harm our reputation and limit our ability to meet our sales projections, which
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We place orders with our suppliers using our forecasts of customer demand, which are based on a number of

assumptions and estimates, in advance of purchase commitments from our customers. As a result, we incur inventory and
manufacturing costs in advance of anticipated sales, which sales ultimately may not materialize or may be lower than expected.
If we overestimate customer demand, we may experience higher inventory carrying costs and increased excess or obsolete
inventory, which would negatively impact our results of operations.

We may also have difficulty obtaining components from other suppliers that are acceptable to the FDA or other
regulatory agencies, and the failure of our suppliers to comply with regulatory requirements could expose us to regulatory
action including warning letters, product recalls, termination of distribution, product seizures or civil penalties. Such a failure
by our suppliers could also require us to cease using the components, seek alternative components or technologies, and modify
our products to incorporate alternative components or technologies, which could necessitate additional regulatory approvals.
Any disruption of this nature, or any increased expenses associated with any such disruption, could negatively impact our
ability to manufacture our products on a timely basis, in sufficient quantities, or at all, which could harm our commercialization
efforts and have a material adverse impact on our operating results.

29

If we cannot reliably manufacture our proprietary infusion set connector, or if it does not achieve market acceptance, we
may not achieve our financial projections.

In September 2017, we began commercial sales in the United States of products with our customized t:lock
connector, which is used to connect our pump cartridge to our infusion set offerings. Our t:lock connector replaced the
standard Luer-lok connector that historically joined an infusion set to our proprietary disposable insulin cartridges.
Concurrently, we began selling infusion sets that are compatible with t:lock. Starting in 2018, we initially offered standard
Luer-lok cartridges and infusion sets in select international markets, and transitioned to our t:lock connector in international
markets during 2019.

We believe the transition to the t:lock connector, for our direct customers and distributors in the United States and

international markets, is substantially complete. However, during 2020 there may be limited circumstances where we continue
offering both styles of cartridges and infusion sets in international markets to facilitate the transition of customer supplies. Due
to the variability in purchasing patterns, standard Luer-lok inventories may not be consumed at the predicted rates and we may
be required to offer both styles of insulin cartridges and infusion sets for a longer period than anticipated or we may be left with
excess quantities of standard Luer-lok inventories that we cannot sell at standard prices or at all, which would negatively
impact our results of operations.

While the t:lock connector was designed based on customer feedback, and all standard Luer-lok infusion sets that

we recently offered are now available with the t:lock connector, it is possible that t:lock may not continue to gain market
acceptance by current or potential customers, their caregivers, or healthcare providers. Any negative market response to the
t:lock connector may impact a current customer’s decision to purchase a new pump from us at the time of renewal. In addition,
potential customers may decide not to purchase our insulin pumps if they do not prefer the t:lock connector or t:lock
compatible infusion sets, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our business operations are primarily located in San Diego, California, and any disruption at one of our facilities could
adversely affect our business and operating results.

Substantially all of our current operations are conducted in San Diego, California, including our manufacturing

processes, research and development activities and management and administrative functions. In addition, the majority of our
inventories of component supplies and finished goods is stored at two facilities in San Diego. We also store finished goods at
certain third-party warehouses in California and Texas for the fulfillment of certain customer orders. In the second half of 2019,
we commenced limited customer and technical support activities in Boise, Idaho. We expect our operations in Boise to expand
substantially during 2020. We take precautions to safeguard our facilities, including by acquiring insurance, employing back-
up generators, adopting health and safety protocols and utilizing off-site storage of computer data. However, vandalism,
terrorism or a natural disaster, such as an earthquake, fire or flood, or other catastrophic event, could damage or destroy our
manufacturing equipment or our inventories of component supplies and finished goods, cause substantial delays in our
operations, result in the loss of key information, result in reduced sales, and cause us to incur additional expenses. Our
insurance coverage may not be sufficient to provide coverage with respect to the damages incurred in any particular case, and
our insurance carrier may deny coverage with respect to all or a portion of our claims. Regardless of the level of insurance
coverage or other precautions taken, damage to our facilities may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and operating results.

We may not experience the anticipated operating efficiencies from the transition of our manufacturing and warehousing
operations.

At the beginning of 2018 we completed the transition of our manufacturing operations to our Barnes Canyon facility

and during the fourth quarter of 2019 we commenced operations at a new logistics warehouse in San Diego. We expect that
both of these actions will allow for future capacity for product manufacturing and warehousing expansion. However, we may
not experience the anticipated operating efficiencies at either facility. In addition, beginning in 2020 we expect to utilize a third
party for a portion of our cartridge manufacturing. If we fail to achieve the operating efficiencies that we anticipate, our
manufacturing and operating costs may be greater than expected, which would have a material adverse impact on our operating
results. In addition, we or our contract manufacturers may encounter problems during manufacturing for a variety of reasons,
including failure to follow specific protocols and procedures, failure to comply with applicable regulations, equipment
malfunction, component part supply constraints and environmental factors, any of which could delay or impede our ability to
meet customer demand and have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results. In
addition, because of the custom nature of our cartridge manufacturing process and product components, and the highly
regulated nature of our products overall, in the event of any problems with our contract manufacturer, we may not be able to
quickly establish additional or alternative arrangements.

30

We expect that the management and support of our new facilities and the increase of our manufacturing volumes

will place significant burdens on our management team, particularly in areas relating to operations, quality, regulatory, facilities
and information technology. We may not be able to effectively manage our ongoing manufacturing operations and we may not
achieve the operating efficiencies that we anticipate, either from our own facilities or from our use of contract manufacturing.
Further, additional increases in demand for our products may require that we further expand our business operations, which
may require that we obtain additional facilities, make additional investments in capital equipment or increase our utilization of
external third parties to perform contracted manufacturing services for us.

If we do not enhance our product portfolio to meet the demands of our market, we may fail to effectively compete, which
may impede our ability to become profitable.

In order to increase our sales and market share in the insulin-dependent diabetes market, we must enhance and

broaden our product portfolio in response to the evolving demands of people with insulin-dependent diabetes, their caregivers
and healthcare providers, as well as competitive pressures and technologies. We may not be successful in developing, obtaining
regulatory approval for, or marketing our proposed products when anticipated, or at all. In addition, notwithstanding our market
research efforts, our future products may not be accepted by people with insulin-dependent diabetes, their caregivers,
healthcare providers or third-party payors. The success of any proposed product offerings will depend on numerous factors,
including our ability to:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

identify the product features and functionality that people with insulin-dependent diabetes, their
caregivers and healthcare providers are seeking in an insulin pump, and successfully incorporate
those features into our products;

develop and introduce products in sufficient quantities and in a timely manner;

offer products at a price that is competitive with other products then available;

work with third-party payors to obtain reimbursement for our products;

adequately protect our intellectual property and avoid infringing upon the intellectual property rights
of third parties;

demonstrate the safety and efficacy of proposed products; and

obtain the necessary regulatory approvals for proposed products.

If we fail to generate demand by continuing to develop products that incorporate features and functionality

requested by people with insulin-dependent diabetes, their caregivers or healthcare providers, or if we do not obtain regulatory
clearance or approval for proposed products in time to meet market demand, we may be unable to compete and may fail to
generate sales sufficient to achieve or maintain profitability. We have in the past experienced, and may in the future experience,
delays in various phases of product development and commercialization, including during research and development,
manufacturing, limited release testing, marketing and customer education efforts. Any delays in our anticipated regulatory
submissions or approvals, or subsequent product launches, may significantly impede our ability to successfully compete in our
markets. In particular, such delays could cause customers to delay or forego purchases of our products, or to purchase our
competitors’ products. Even if we are able to successfully develop proposed products when anticipated, these products may not
produce sales in excess of the costs of development, and they may be quickly rendered obsolete by changing consumer
preferences or the introduction by our competitors of products embodying new technologies or features, or alternative methods
for the treatment of diabetes.

Any concerns regarding the safety and efficacy of our products could limit sales and cause unforeseen negative effects to
our business prospects and financial results.

Currently there are only limited published studies to evaluate the safety or effectiveness of our products in a

controlled setting. As a result, people with insulin-dependent diabetes and healthcare providers may be slower to adopt or
recommend our products, we may not have comparative data that our competitors have or are generating, third-party payors
may not be willing to provide coverage or reimbursement for our products and we may be subject to greater regulatory and
product liability risks. These and other factors could slow the adoption of our products and result in our sales being lower than
anticipated. In addition, future studies or clinical experience may indicate that treatment with our products is not superior to
treatment with competitive products. Such results could slow the adoption of our products and significantly reduce our sales,
which could prevent us from achieving our forecasted sales targets or achieving or sustaining profitability.

31

If the results of clinical studies or other experience, such as our monitoring or investigation of customer complaints,
indicate that our products may cause or create an unacceptable risk of unexpected or serious complications or other unforeseen
negative effects, we could be required to inform our customers of these risks or complications or, in more serious
circumstances, we could be subject to mandatory product recalls, suspension or withdrawal of FDA clearance or approval,
which could result in significant legal liability, harm to our reputation, and a decline in our product sales.

Any alleged illness or injury associated with any of our products or product recalls may negatively impact our

financial results and business prospects depending on a number of factors, including the scope and seriousness of the problem,
degree of publicity, reaction of our customers and healthcare professionals, competitive response, and consumer perceptions
generally. Even if such an allegation or product liability claim lacks merit, cannot be substantiated, is unsuccessful or is not
fully pursued, the negative publicity surrounding any assertion that our products caused illness, injury or death could adversely
affect our reputation with customers, healthcare professionals, third-party payors, and existing and potential collaborators, and
could adversely affect our operating results and cause a decline in our stock price. Furthermore, general concerns regarding the
perceived safety or reliability of any of our products, or any component thereof, may have a similar adverse effect on us.

We may enter into collaborations, licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances or partnerships with third
parties that may not result in the development of commercially viable products or the generation of significant future
revenues.

In the ordinary course of our business, we may enter into collaborations, licensing arrangements, joint ventures,

strategic alliances or partnerships to develop proposed products or technologies, pursue new markets, or protect our intellectual
property assets. We may also elect to amend or modify similar agreements that we already have in place. Proposing, negotiating
and implementing collaborations, licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances or partnerships may be a lengthy
and complex process, and may subject us to business risks. For example, other companies, including those with substantially
greater financial, marketing, sales, technology or other business resources, may compete with us for these opportunities, or may
be the counterparty in any such arrangements. We may not be able to identify or complete any such collaboration in a timely
manner, on a cost-effective basis, on acceptable terms or at all. In addition, we may not realize the anticipated benefits of any
such collaborations that we do identify and complete. In particular, these collaborations may not result in the development of
products or technologies that achieve commercial success or result in positive financial results, or may otherwise fail to have
the intended impact on our business.

Additionally, we may not be in a position to exercise sole decision-making authority regarding a collaboration,
licensing or other similar arrangement, which could create the potential risk of creating impasses on decisions. Further, our
collaborators and business partners may have economic or business interests or goals that are, or that may become, inconsistent
with our business interests or goals. It is possible that conflicts may arise with our collaborators and other business partners,
such as conflicts concerning the achievement of performance milestones, or the interpretation of significant terms under any
agreement, such as those related to financial obligations, termination rights or the ownership or control of intellectual property
developed during the collaboration. If any conflicts arise with our current or future collaborators, they may act in their self-
interest, which may be adverse to our best interest, and they may breach their obligations to us. In addition, we have limited
control over the amount and timing of resources that our current collaborators, such as Dexcom and TypeZero, or any future
collaborators devote to our arrangement with them or our future products. Disputes between us and our current, future or
potential collaborators may result in litigation or arbitration which would increase our expenses and divert the attention of our
management. Further, these transactions and arrangements are contractual in nature and may be terminated or dissolved under
the terms of the applicable agreements and, in such event, we may not continue to have rights to the products relating to such
transaction or arrangement or may need to purchase such rights at a premium.

For example, we have entered into multiple development agreements with Dexcom, which provide us non-exclusive

licenses to integrate various currently available generations of Dexcom CGM technology with our insulin pump products. Our
agreements with Dexcom related to G5 and G6 CGM currently run until June 2020 with automatic one-year renewals unless a
party provides prior notice to the contrary. Under certain circumstances, these agreements may be terminated by either party
without cause or on short notice. Our current agreements with Dexcom do not grant us rights to integrate future generations of
Dexcom CGM technology with any of our current or future products. Termination of any of our agreements with Dexcom
would require us to redesign certain current products and products under development, and attempt to integrate an alternative
CGM system into our insulin pump systems, which would require significant development and regulatory activities that could
result in an interruption or substantial delay in the availability of the product to our customers. The termination of our existing
commercial agreements with Dexcom would disrupt our ability to commercialize our existing products and our development of
future products, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations, negatively
impact our ability to compete and cause our stock price to decline.

32

We operate our business in regions subject to natural disasters and other catastrophic events, and any disruption to our
business resulting from natural disasters will adversely affect our revenue and results of operations.

We operate our business in regions subject to natural disasters, including earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires and
other catastrophic events. For example, a portion of our administrative offices located in San Diego are in an area that is prone
to flooding, which has occasionally temporarily disrupted our business operations. Any natural disaster could adversely affect
our ability to conduct business and provide products and services to our customers, and the insurance we maintain may not be
adequate to cover our losses resulting from any business interruption resulting from a natural disaster or other catastrophic
events. Any future disruptions to our operations could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of
operations in future periods.

A security breach or other significant disruption to our information technology systems, or failures of our pumps’ software
to perform as we anticipate, could materially disrupt our operations or result in the loss, theft, misuse, unauthorized
disclosure, or unauthorized access to sensitive company information relating to our customers, suppliers or employees,
which could damage our relationships, expose us to litigation or regulatory proceedings, or harm our reputation, any of
which could have an adverse and material effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

The efficient operation of our business depends on our information technology and communication systems, as well
as those of our third-party business partners. We rely on such systems to effectively store, process and transit proprietary sales
and marketing data, accounting and financial functions, manufacturing and quality records, inventory management, product
development tasks, research and development data, customer service and technical support functions. Our information
technology systems, including those that support t:connect, our current and future mobile applications, as well as those
involved in the operation of our Tandem Device Updater, are vulnerable to damage or interruption from a number of causes,
including earthquakes, fires, floods and other natural disasters, terrorist attacks, attacks by computer viruses or hackers,
malware, ransomware or other destructive software, cyberattacks, power losses, and computer system or data network failures.
Should any of those risks occur, it could adversely impact the availability, confidentiality and integrity of information assets
contained in those systems.

Our business also involves the storage and transmission of a substantial amount of confidential, personal, or other

sensitive information, including health information and other personal information relating to our customers, the personal
information of our employees and other individuals, and our proprietary, financial, operational or strategic information. Should
any of the foregoing risks occur, it could also result in the loss, theft, misuse, unauthorized disclosure, or unauthorized access of
such sensitive information, which could lead to significant reputational or competitive harm, litigation involving us or our
business partners, regulatory proceedings, or substantial liabilities, fines, penalties or expenses. As a result, we strive to
maintain and regularly update reasonable security measures, and to respond quickly and effectively if and when data security
incidents do occur. Like many businesses, we are subject to numerous data privacy and security risks, including threats arising
from computer viruses or hackers, cyberattacks and ransom-ware attacks. The continuously evolving nature of those risks may
prevent us from protecting all of this information despite our efforts to do so. Many of our service providers are subject to
similar risks. Whether or not our security measures and those of our service providers are ultimately successful, our
expenditures on those measures could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations, and divert
management’s attention from pursuing our strategic objectives. From time to time we have experienced various threats to our
information technology systems, and we are currently investigating the extent of unauthorized access to data on our networks
following a recent phishing attack. As a result of the ongoing investigation we may determine that substantial confidential,
personal or other sensitive information was compromised, and in that case we may be subject to regulatory proceedings and
substantial fines, penalties and expenses, as well as significant reputational harm, which may have a material adverse impact on
us. We are unable to predict the direct or indirect impact of any such incidents to our business.

In addition to the risks regarding information technology systems and processing of sensitive information, our
insulin pumps and other products rely on software that could contain unanticipated vulnerabilities, which could make our
products subject to computer viruses, cyber-attacks, or failures. These risks significantly increased after July 2016, when we
received FDA clearance of our Tandem Device Updater, which enables customers to remotely update software on their insulin
pumps and may increase further following the launch of our new mobile application. We may also face new risks relating to our
information technology systems as we continue to commercialize our products outside of the United States and are subject to
additional regulations relating to the use and protection of personal information and as we launch new mobile applications.

33

The failure of our or our service providers’ information technology systems or our pumps’ software or other mobile

applications to perform as we anticipate, or our failure to effectively implement new information technology systems and
privacy policies and controls, could disrupt our entire operation or adversely affect our software products. For example, we
market our Tandem Device Updater as having the unique capability to deploy software updates to our pumps, which may allow
customers remote access to new and enhanced features. The failure of our Tandem Device Updater to provide software updates
as we anticipate, including as a result of our inability to secure and maintain necessary regulatory approvals, the inability of our
pumps to properly receive software updates, errors or viruses embedded within the software being transmitted, or the failure of
our customers to properly utilize the system to complete the update, could result in decreased sales, increased warranty costs,
and harm to our reputation, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
operating results.

If we are found to have violated laws concerning the privacy and security of patient health information or other personal
information, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, which could increase our liabilities and harm our reputation
or our business.

There are a number of domestic and international laws protecting the privacy and security of personal information,
including HIPAA and related regulations, PIPEDA, and GDPR, or similar applicable laws. These laws place limits on how we
may collect, use, share and store medical information and other personal information, and they impose obligations to protect
that information against unauthorized access, use, loss, and disclosure.

If we, or any of our service providers who have access to the personal data for which we are responsible, are found

to be in violation of the privacy or security requirements of HIPAA, PIPEDA, or GDPR, we could be subject to civil or
criminal penalties, which could increase our liabilities, harm our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and operating results. Although we utilize a variety of measures to secure the data that we control, even
compliant entities can experience security breaches or have inadvertent failures despite employing reasonable practices and
safeguards.

We may also face new risks relating to data privacy and security as the United States, individual U.S. states, E.U.

member states, and other international jurisdictions adopt or implement new data privacy and security laws and regulations as
we continue to commercialize our products worldwide. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act, which took effect
on January 1, 2020, may impose additional requirements on us and increase our regulatory and litigation risk. As we continue
to expand, our business will need to adapt to meet these and other similar legal requirements.

We depend on the knowledge and skills of our senior management and other key employees, and if we are unable to retain
and motivate them or recruit additional qualified personnel, our business may suffer.

We have benefited substantially from the leadership and performance of our senior management, as well as certain

key employees. For example, key members of our management have experience successfully scaling an early stage medical
device company to achieve profitability. Our success will depend on our ability to retain our current management and key
employees, and to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future. Competition for senior management and key employees
in our industry is intense and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to retain our personnel or attract new, qualified
personnel. The loss of the services of certain members of our senior management or key employees could prevent or delay the
implementation and completion of our strategic objectives, or divert management’s attention to seeking qualified replacements.
Each member of senior management, as well as our key employees may terminate employment without notice and without
cause or good reason. The members of our senior management are not subject to non-competition agreements. Accordingly, the
adverse effect resulting from the loss of certain members of senior management could be compounded by our inability to
prevent them from competing with us.

We depend upon key employees in a competitive market, and if we are unable to provide meaningful equity incentives to
retain key personnel, it could adversely affect our ability to execute our business strategy.

We are highly dependent upon the members of our management team, as well as other key employees. In our

industry, it is common to attract and retain executive talent and other employees with compensation packages that include a
significant equity component. We have issued, and may continue to issue, additional equity incentives that we believe will
enhance our ability to retain our current key employees and attract the necessary additional executive talent. It may be more
difficult to continue to incentivize employees during a period of rapid growth in our overall headcount while limiting the
utilization of the share reserve under our current stock incentive plans. However, even if we issue significant additional equity
incentives, there can be no assurance that we will be able to attract and retain key executive talent. A loss of any of our key
personnel, or our inability to hire new personnel, may have a material adverse effect on our ability to execute our business
strategy.

34

We began commercialization of our products outside of the United States, which may result in a variety of risks associated
with international operations that could materially adversely affect our business.

During 2018, we began commercialization of the t:slim X2 insulin pump in select geographies outside of the United

States. We have limited experience commercializing our products outside of the United States and expect that we will be
subject to additional risks related to international business markets, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

different regulatory requirements for product approvals in foreign countries;

differing U.S. and foreign medical device import and export rules;

more restrictive privacy laws relating to personal information of end users and employees, including
GDPR;

reduced protection for our intellectual property rights in foreign countries;

unexpected changes in tariffs, trade barriers and regulatory requirements;

different reimbursement systems;

economic weakness, including inflation, or political instability in particular foreign economies and
markets;

compliance with tax, employment, immigration and labor laws for employees living or traveling
abroad or with U.S. regulations that would apply to activities in such foreign jurisdictions, such as
the FCPA;

foreign taxes, including withholding of payroll taxes;

foreign currency fluctuations, which could result in increased operating expenses and reduced
revenues, and other obligations incident to doing business in another country; and

business interruptions resulting from geopolitical actions, including war and terrorism, natural
disasters, or incidence of disease.

In addition, entry into international markets may require significant financial resources, impose additional demands

on our manufacturing, quality, regulatory, customer support and other general and administrative personnel, and could divert
management’s attention from managing our core business. We have limited experience with regulatory environments and
market practices internationally, and we may not be able to penetrate or successfully operate in new markets. Accordingly, if we
are unable to expand internationally, manage the complexity of our global operations successfully or if we incur unanticipated
expenses, we may not achieve the expected benefits of this expansion and our financial condition and results of operations
could be materially and adversely impacted.

We may seek to grow our business through acquisitions of complementary products or technologies, and the failure to
successfully manage acquisitions, or the failure to integrate them with our existing business, could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

From time to time, we may consider opportunities to acquire other products or technologies that may enhance our

product platform or technology, expand the breadth of our markets or customer base, or advance our business strategies.
Potential acquisitions involve numerous risks, including:

•

•

•

•

•

problems assimilating the acquired products or technologies;

issues maintaining uniform standards, procedures, controls and policies;

unanticipated costs associated with acquisitions;

diversion of management’s attention from our existing business;

risks associated with entering new markets in which we have limited or no experience; and

35

•

increased legal and accounting costs relating to the acquisitions or to compliance with regulatory
matters.

We have no current commitments with respect to any acquisition. We do not know if we will be able to identify

acquisitions we deem suitable, whether we will be able to successfully complete any such acquisitions on favorable terms or at
all, or whether we will be able to successfully integrate any acquired products or technologies into our business. Our potential
inability to integrate any acquired products or technologies effectively may adversely affect our business, operating results and
financial condition.

Risks Related to our Financial Results and Need for Financing

We may need or otherwise determine to raise additional funds in the future and if we are unable to raise additional funds
when necessary or desirable, we may not be able to achieve our strategic objectives.

At December 31, 2019, we had $176.5 million in cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments. Our

management expects the continued growth of our business, including the expansion of our customer service infrastructure to
support our growing base of customers, our plans to expand commercial sales of our products outside of the United States, the
growth of our manufacturing and warehousing operations, increase the size of our facility footprint due to increasing headcount
and additional research and development activities, will continue to increase our expenses. In addition, the amount of our future
product sales is difficult to predict and actual sales may not be in line with our forecasts. Accordingly, our future capital requirements
will depend on many factors, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the revenue generated by sales of our insulin pump products, and the related insulin cartridges and
infusion sets, and any other future products that we may develop and commercialize;

the gross profits and gross margin we realize from the sales we generate;

the costs associated with maintaining and expanding an appropriate sales, clinical and marketing
infrastructure;

the expenses we incur or other capital expenditures we make to maintain or enhance our
manufacturing operations, including leasing additional property, hiring additional personnel,
purchasing additional manufacturing equipment and other measures taken to add manufacturing
capacity;

the expenses associated with developing and commercializing our proposed products or
technologies;

the costs associated with maintaining and expanding our customer service infrastructure;

the cost of obtaining and maintaining regulatory clearance or approval for our products and our
manufacturing facilities;

the cost of ongoing compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;

the expenses we incur in connection with potential litigation or governmental investigations;

expenses we may incur or other financial commitments we may make in connection with current
and potential new business or commercial collaborations, development agreements or licensing
arrangements;

anticipated or unanticipated capital expenditures; and

unanticipated general and administrative expenses.

36

As a result of these and other factors we may in the future seek additional capital from public or private offerings of

our equity or debt securities, or from other sources. If we issue equity or debt securities to raise additional funds, our existing
stockholders may experience dilution, we may incur significant financing or debt service costs, and the new equity or debt
securities may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our existing stockholders. In addition, if we raise
additional funds through collaborations, licensing, joint ventures, strategic alliances, partnership arrangements or other similar
arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish valuable rights to our potential future products or proprietary technologies, or
grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us.

If we are unable to raise additional capital when necessary, we may not be able to maintain our existing sales,

marketing, clinical and customer service infrastructure, enhance our current products or develop new products, take advantage
of future opportunities, respond to competitive pressures, changes in supplier relationships, or unanticipated changes in
customer demand. Any of these events could adversely affect our ability to achieve our strategic objectives, which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter.

There has been and may continue to be meaningful variability in our operating results from quarter to quarter, as

well as within each quarter, especially around the time of anticipated new product launches or regulatory approvals by us or our
competitors, and as a result of the commercial launch of our products in geographies outside of the United States. Our
operating results, and the variability of these operating results, will be affected by numerous factors, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our ability to increase sales and gross profit from our insulin pump products, including the related
insulin cartridges and infusion sets, and to commercialize and sell our future products;

the number and mix of our products sold in each quarter;

acceptance of our products by people with insulin-dependent diabetes, their caregivers, healthcare
providers and third-party payors;

the pricing of our products and competitive products, including the use of discounts, rebates or other
financial incentives by us or our competitors;

the effect of third-party coverage and reimbursement policies;

our ability to maintain our existing infrastructure;

the amount of, and the timing of the payment for, insurance deductibles required to be paid by our
customers and potential customers under their existing insurance plans;

interruption in the manufacturing or distribution of our products;

our ability to simultaneously manufacture multiple products that meet quality, reliability and
regulatory requirements;

seasonality and other factors affecting the timing of purchases of our products;

timing of new product offerings, acquisitions, licenses or other significant events by us or our
competitors;

results of clinical research and trials on our existing and future products;

the ability of our suppliers to timely provide us with an adequate supply of components that meet
our requirements for product quality and reliability;

regulatory clearance or approvals affecting our products or those of our competitors; and

the timing of revenue and expense recognition associated with our product sales pursuant to
applicable accounting standards.

37

In addition, we expect our operating expenses will continue to increase as we expand our business, which may

exacerbate the quarterly fluctuations in our operating results. If our quarterly or annual operating results fall below the
expectation of investors or securities analysts, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Further, any quarterly
or annual fluctuations in our operating results may, in turn, cause the price of our common stock to fluctuate substantially, and
these price fluctuations could result in further pressure on our stock price. We believe quarterly comparisons of our financial
results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance.

Risks Related to our Intellectual Property and Potential Litigation

Our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology is uncertain.

We rely primarily on patent, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality and non-

disclosure agreements, to protect our proprietary technologies. As of December 31, 2019, our patent portfolio consisted of
approximately 86 issued U.S. patents and 68 pending U.S. patent applications. Of these, our issued U.S. patents expire between
approximately 2021 and 2036. We are also seeking patent protection for our proprietary technologies in other countries
throughout the world. In addition, we have 16 U.S. trademark registrations and 23 foreign trademark registrations.

We have applied for patent protection relating to certain existing and proposed products and processes. If we fail to
file a patent application timely in any jurisdiction, we may be precluded from doing so at a later date. Further, we cannot assure
you that any of our patent applications will be approved in a timely manner or at all. The rights granted to us under our patents,
and the rights we are seeking to have granted in our pending patent applications, may not be meaningful or provide us with any
commercial advantage. In addition, those rights could be opposed, contested or circumvented by our competitors, or be
declared invalid or unenforceable in judicial or administrative proceedings. The failure of our patents to adequately protect our
technology might make it easier for our competitors to offer the same or similar products or technologies. Even if we are
successful in receiving patent protection for certain products and processes, our competitors may be able to design around our
patents or develop products that provide outcomes which are comparable to ours without infringing on our intellectual property
rights. Due to differences between foreign and U.S. patent laws, our patented intellectual property rights may not receive the
same degree of protection in foreign countries as they would in the United States. Even if patents are granted outside of the
United States, effective enforcement in those countries may not be available.

We rely on our trademarks and trade names to distinguish our products from the products of our competitors, and

have registered or applied to register many of these trademarks. We cannot assure you that our current or future trademark
applications will be approved in a timely manner or at all. From time to time, third parties oppose our trademark applications,
or otherwise challenge our use of the trademarks. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be
forced to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand recognition, and could require us to devote additional
resources to marketing new brands. Further, we cannot assure you that competitors will not infringe upon our trademarks, or
that we will have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks.

We have entered into confidentiality agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements with our officers,
employees, temporary employees and consultants regarding our intellectual property and proprietary technology. We also enter
into confidentiality agreements with potential collaborators and other counter-parties, and the terms of our collaboration
agreements typically contain provisions governing the ownership and control of intellectual property. In the event of
unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of those agreements, we may not be provided with meaningful protection for
our trade secrets or other proprietary information.

If a competitor infringes upon one of our patents, trademarks or other intellectual property rights, enforcing those

patents, trademarks and other rights may be difficult, expensive and time consuming. Patent law relating to the scope of claims
in the industry in which we operate is subject to rapid change and constant evolution and, consequently, patent positions in our
industry can be uncertain. Even if successful, litigation to defend our patents and trademarks against challenges or to enforce
our intellectual property rights could divert management’s attention from managing our business. Moreover, we may not have
sufficient resources or incentive to defend our patents or trademarks against challenges or to enforce our intellectual property
rights. Litigation also puts our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of
not issuing. Additionally, pursuing litigation may provoke third parties to assert counterclaims against us. We may not prevail in
any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially valuable. The
occurrence of any of these events may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

38

The medical device industry is characterized by patent litigation, and from time to time, we may be subject to litigation that
could be costly, result in the diversion of management’s time and efforts, or require us to pay damages.

Our success will depend in part on not infringing the patents or violating the other proprietary rights of third parties.
Significant litigation regarding patent rights exists in our industry. Our competitors in both the United States and abroad, many
of which have substantially greater resources and have made substantial investments in competing technologies, may have
applied for or obtained or may in the future apply for and obtain, patents that will prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our
ability to make and sell our products. The large number of patents, the rapid rate of new patent issuances, and the complexities
of the technology involved increase the risk of patent litigation.

From time to time, we may receive communications from third parties alleging our infringement of their intellectual
property rights or offering a license to intellectual property that is alleged to relate to products that we are currently developing.
Any intellectual property-related discussions, disputes or litigation could force us to do one or more of the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

stop selling our products or using technology that contains the allegedly infringing intellectual
property;

prevent or limit our ability to sell a product that we are currently developing;

incur significant legal expenses;

pay substantial damages to the party whose intellectual property rights we are allegedly infringing;

redesign those products that contain the allegedly infringing intellectual property; or

attempt to obtain a license to the relevant intellectual property from third parties, which may not be
available on reasonable terms or at all.

We do not currently maintain insurance to cover the expense or any liability that may arise from an intellectual

property dispute with a third party. Any litigation or claim against us, even those without merit, or even preparing for a
potential dispute or litigation before it arises, may cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain on our
financial resources and divert the attention of management from our core business. Any litigation or claim against us may also
harm our reputation. Further, as we launch new products and increase our sales, and the number of participants in the diabetes
market increases, we believe the possibility of our involvement in intellectual property disputes will increase.

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we, or our employees, have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged
trade secrets of our competitors or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors.

Many of our employees were previously employed at other medical device companies, including those that are our

direct competitors or could potentially become our direct competitors. In some cases, those employees joined our company
recently. We may be subject to claims that we, or our employees, have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets
or other proprietary information of these former employers or competitors. In addition, we have been and may in the future be
subject to allegations that we caused an employee to breach the terms of his or her non-competition or non-solicitation
agreement. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we successfully defend against these claims,
litigation could cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the
attention of management from our core business and harm our reputation. If our defense to those claims fails, in addition to
paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. We cannot guarantee that this type of
litigation will not continue, and any future litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to hire additional
direct sales representatives. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize
proposed products, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

39

We may incur product liability losses, and insurance coverage may be inadequate or unavailable to cover these losses.

Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims that are inherent in the design, manufacture, testing and

sale of medical devices. We are subject to product liability lawsuits alleging that component failures, manufacturing flaws,
design defects or inadequate disclosure of product-related risks or product-related information resulted in an unsafe condition,
injury or death to customers. The risk of one or more product liability claims or lawsuits may be even greater after we launch
new products with new features or enter new markets where we have no prior experience selling our products and rely on
newly-hired staff or new independent distributors or contractors to provide new customer training and customer support. In
addition, the misuse of our products or the failure of customers to adhere to operating guidelines could cause significant harm
to customers, including death, which could result in product liability claims. We may also identify deficiencies in our products
that we determine are immaterial and do not pose safety risks, and therefore decide not to initiate a voluntary recall. However,
any such deficiency may be more significant than we expect and lead to product liability claims. Product liability lawsuits and
claims, safety alerts or product recalls, with or without merit, could cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a
significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business, harm our reputation
and adversely affect our ability to attract and retain customers, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and operating results.

Although we maintain third-party product liability insurance coverage, it is possible that claims against us may

exceed the coverage limits of our insurance policies. Even if any product liability loss is covered by an insurance policy, these
policies typically have substantial deductibles for which we are responsible. In addition, we expect the cost of our product
liability insurance will increase as our product sales increase and we may also increase the amount of our deductibles over time.
Product liability claims in excess of applicable insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and operating results. In addition, any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit,
could result in further increases of our product liability insurance premiums. Insurance coverage varies in cost and can be
difficult to obtain, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain insurance coverage in the future on terms acceptable
to us or at all. Our inability to obtain sufficient insurance coverage to protect again potential product liability claims could
prevent or limit our commercialization of current products or products currently under development.

Risks Related to our Legal and Regulatory Environment

Our products and operations are subject to extensive governmental regulation, and failure to comply with applicable
requirements could cause our business to suffer.

The medical device industry is regulated extensively by governmental authorities, principally the FDA and
corresponding state regulatory agencies. The regulations are very complex and are subject to rapid change and varying
interpretations. Regulatory restrictions or changes could limit our ability to carry on or expand our operations or result in higher
than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales. The FDA and other U.S. governmental agencies regulate numerous
elements of our business, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

product design and development;

pre-clinical and clinical testing and trials;

product safety;

establishment registration and product listing;

labeling and storage;

marketing, manufacturing, sales and distribution;

pre-market clearance or approval;

servicing and post-market surveillance;

advertising and promotion; and

recalls and field safety corrective actions.

40

Before we can market or sell a new regulated product or a significant modification to an existing product in the

United States, we must obtain either clearance under Section 510(k) of the FDCA or approval of a PMA application from the
FDA, unless an exemption from pre-market review applies. In the 510(k) clearance process, the FDA must determine that a
proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a device legally on the market, known as a “predicate” device, with respect to
intended use, technology and safety and effectiveness, in order to clear the proposed device for marketing. Clinical data is
sometimes required to support substantial equivalence. The PMA pathway requires an applicant to demonstrate the safety and
effectiveness of the device based on extensive data. The PMA process is typically required for devices that are deemed to pose
the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices. Products that are approved through a PMA
application generally need FDA approval before they can be modified. Similarly, some modifications made to products cleared
through the 510(k) clearance process may require a new 510(k) submission. The process of obtaining regulatory clearances or
approvals to market a medical device can be costly and time-consuming, and we may not be able to obtain these clearances or
approvals on a timely basis or at all for our proposed products.

We may pursue 510(k) clearance for additional products or product modifications in the future. If the FDA requires
us to go through a more rigorous examination for future products or modifications to existing products than we had expected,
our product introductions or modifications could be delayed or canceled, which could cause our sales to decline or to not
increase in line with our forecasts.

The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of one of our devices for many reasons, including:

•

•

•

our inability to demonstrate that our products are safe and effective for their intended users;

the data from our clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance or approval; and

failure of the manufacturing process or facilities we use to meet applicable requirements.

In addition, the FDA may change its clearance and approval policies, adopt additional regulations or revise existing

regulations, or take other actions which may prevent or delay approval or clearance of our products under development or
impact our ability to modify our currently cleared or approved products on a timely basis.

Any delay in, or failure to receive or maintain, clearance or approval for our products under development could

prevent us from generating revenue from these products or achieving profitability. Moreover, customers may defer purchasing
our existing products in anticipation of a new product launch. Additionally, the FDA and other regulatory authorities have
broad enforcement powers. Regulatory enforcement or inquiries, or other increased scrutiny on us, could dissuade some
customers from using our products and adversely affect our reputation and the perceived safety and efficacy of our products.

Failure to comply with applicable regulations could jeopardize our ability to sell our products and result in

enforcement actions such as fines, civil penalties, injunctions, warning letters, recalls of products, delays in the introduction of
products into the market, refusal of the FDA or other regulators to grant future clearances or approvals, delays by the FDA or
other regulators in granting clearances or approvals, and the suspension or withdrawal of existing approvals by the FDA or
other regulators. Any of these sanctions could result in higher than anticipated costs, lower than anticipated sales, and diversion
of management time and resources, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial
condition and operating results.

Further, we commenced commercial sales of our products in select international markets during the third quarter of

2018. As we expand our operations outside of the United States and launch new products, we will become subject to various
additional regulatory and legal requirements under the applicable laws and regulations of the international markets we enter.
These additional regulatory requirements may involve significant costs and expenditures and, if we are not able to comply with
any such requirements, our international expansion and business could be significantly harmed.

41

Modifications to our products may require new 510(k) clearances or PMAs, or may require us to cease marketing or recall
the modified products until clearances are obtained.

Any modification to a 510(k)-cleared device that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would
constitute a major change in its intended use, design, or manufacture, requires a new 510(k) clearance or, possibly, a PMA. The
FDA requires every manufacturer to make this determination in the first instance, but the FDA may review any manufacturer’s
decision. The FDA may not agree with our decisions regarding whether new clearances or approvals are necessary for changes
that we have made to our products. If the FDA disagrees with our determination and requires us to submit new 510(k)
notifications or PMAs for modifications to our previously cleared or approved products, for which we concluded that new
clearances or approvals were not necessary, we may be required to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until we
obtain clearance or approval, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

Further, the FDA’s ongoing review of and potential changes to the 510(k) program may make it more difficult for us
to modify our previously cleared products, either by imposing stricter requirements on when a new 510(k) for a modification to
a previously cleared product must be submitted, or by applying more onerous review criteria to such submissions.

If we or our third-party suppliers, contract manufacturers and service providers fail to comply with the FDA’s good
manufacturing practice regulations, this could impair our ability to market our products in a cost-effective and timely
manner.

We and our third-party suppliers, contract manufacturers and service providers are required to comply with the
FDA’s Quality System Regulation (QSR), which covers the methods and documentation of the design, testing, production,
control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, storage and shipping of our products. The FDA audits compliance
with the QSR through periodic announced and unannounced inspections of manufacturing and other facilities. The FDA may
impose inspections or audits at any time. We cannot assure you that our facilities or our contract manufacturer or component
suppliers’ facilities would pass any future quality system inspection or audit. If we or our suppliers, contract manufacturers and
service providers have significant non-compliance issues or if any corrective action plan that we or our suppliers, contract
manufacturers or service providers propose in response to observed deficiencies is not sufficient, the FDA could take
enforcement action against us and the manufacturing or distribution of our devices could be interrupted and our operations
disrupted.

If we, or our suppliers, manufacturers and service providers, fail to adhere to QSR requirements, this could delay

production of our products and lead to fines, difficulties in obtaining regulatory clearances, recalls, enforcement actions,
including injunctive relief or consent decrees, or other consequences, which could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on
our financial condition or results of operations.

A recall of our products, or the discovery of serious safety issues with our products, could have a significant negative impact
on us.

The FDA has the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or

defects in design or manufacture or in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. The FDA has broad
discretion to require the recall of a product or to require that manufacturers alert customers of safety risks, and may do so even
in circumstances where we do not believe our product poses an unacceptable risk to health. In addition, manufacturers may,
under their own initiative, recall a product if any material deficiency in a product is found or alert customers of unanticipated
safety risks. A government-mandated or voluntary recall by us, one of our distributors or any of our other third-party suppliers
could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, manufacturing errors, design or labeling defects or
other deficiencies and issues. Recalls or notices relating to any products that we distribute would divert managerial and
financial resources, and have an adverse effect on our reputation, financial condition and operating results.

Further, under the FDA’s Medical Device Reporting regulations, we are required to report to the FDA any incident

in which our product may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or in which our product malfunctioned and, if
the malfunction were to recur, would likely cause or contribute to death or serious injury. Repeated product malfunctions may
result in a voluntary or involuntary product recall, which could divert managerial and financial resources, impair our ability to
manufacture our products in a cost-effective and timely manner and have an adverse effect on our reputation, financial
condition and operating results.

42

Any adverse event involving any products that we distribute could result in future voluntary corrective actions, such

as recalls or customer notifications, or regulatory agency action, which could include inspection, mandatory recall or other
enforcement action. Any corrective action, whether voluntary or involuntary, will require the dedication of our time and capital,
distract management from operating our business and may harm our reputation and financial results.

Our failure to comply with U.S. federal and state fraud and abuse laws, including anti-kickback laws and other U.S. federal
and state anti-referral laws, could have a material, adverse impact on our business.

There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback

laws, physician self-referral laws, and false claims laws. Our relationships with healthcare providers and other third parties are
subject to scrutiny under these laws. Violations of these laws are punishable by criminal and civil sanctions, including, in some
instances, imprisonment and exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs, including the Medicare,
Medicaid and Veterans Administration health programs.

Healthcare fraud and abuse regulations are complex and evolving, and even minor irregularities can potentially give

rise to claims that a statute or prohibition has been violated. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the federal healthcare programs’ Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things,
persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering, paying or providing
remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in
cash or in kind in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase,
lease, order or recommendation of, any good or service for which payment may be made under
federal healthcare programs such as the Medicare and state Medicaid programs;

federal and state false claims laws which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from
knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, state
Medicaid programs, or other third-party payors that are false or fraudulent;

federal and state physician referral laws, such as the Stark Law, that prohibit a physician from
referring Medicare or Medicaid patients to an entity providing “designated health services,”
including a company that furnishes durable medical equipment, with which the physician has a
financial relationship unless that financial relationship meets an exception;

federal and state laws, such as the Civil Monetary Penalties Law, that prohibit an individual or entity
from offering or transferring remuneration to any person eligible for benefits under a federal or state
health care program which such individual or entity knows or should know are likely to influence
such eligible individual’s choice of provider, practitioner or supplier of any item or service for which
payment may be made under federal health care programs such as Medicare and state Medicaid
programs;

federal criminal laws enacted as part of HIPAA that prohibit executing a scheme to defraud any
healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

federal disclosure laws, such as the Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which require certain
manufacturers, including medical device manufacturers, to submit annual data pertaining to
payments or other transfers of value to covered recipients, including physicians;

the Federal Trade Commission Act and similar laws regulating advertisement and consumer
protections;

foreign and U.S. state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and
false claims laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor,
including commercial insurers; and

federal and state laws governing the use, disclosure and security of personal information, including
protected health information, such as HIPAA and the Health Information Technology for Economic
and Clinical Health.

43

Possible sanctions for violation of these laws include monetary fines, civil and criminal penalties, exclusion from

Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, and forfeiture of amounts collected in violation of those
prohibitions and in some circumstances, treble damages. Any violation of these laws, or any action against us for violation of
these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could result in a material adverse effect on our reputation, business,
financial condition and operating results. Recently, federal government agencies have published proposed rules for public
comment which would make material modifications to several of these laws, including but not limited to the Anti-Kickback
Statute, the Stark Law and HIPAA. It is unknown if or when these proposed rules may be adopted and what final form the
proposed rules may take and how they may impact our business operations.

To enforce compliance with the federal laws, the U.S. Department of Justice, or DOJ, in conjunction with other

federal agencies, has increased its scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has
led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Dealing with
investigations can be time- and resource-consuming and can divert management’s attention from our core business.
Additionally, if a healthcare company settles an investigation with the DOJ or other law enforcement agencies, we may be
forced to agree to additional onerous compliance and reporting requirements as part of a consent decree or corporate integrity
agreement. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business.

The scope and enforcement of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of

healthcare reform. Federal or state regulatory authorities might challenge our current or future activities under these laws. Any
of these challenges could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results.
Any state or federal regulatory review of us, regardless of the outcome, would be costly and time-consuming. Additionally, we
cannot predict the impact of any changes in these laws, whether or not retroactive.

We may be liable if we engage in the promotion of the off-label use of our products.

Our promotional materials and training methods must comply with FDA and other applicable laws and regulations,

including the prohibition against the promotion of the off-label use of our products or the pre-promotion of unapproved
products. Healthcare providers may use our products off-label, as the FDA does not restrict or regulate a physician’s choice of
treatment within the practice of medicine. However, if the FDA determines that our promotional materials or training
constitutes promotion of an off-label use or the pre-promotion of an unapproved product, it could request that we modify our
training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance of an untitled letter,
a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine and criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign
enforcement authorities might take action if they consider our promotional or training materials to constitute promotion of an
unapproved use, which could result in significant fines or penalties. Although our policy is to refrain from statements that could
be considered off-label promotion of our products or pre-promotion of an unapproved product, the FDA or another regulatory
agency could disagree and conclude that we have engaged in improper promotional activities. In addition, the off-label use of
our products may increase the risk of product liability claims, which are expensive to defend and could result in substantial
damage awards against us and harm our reputation.

Legislative or regulatory healthcare reforms may result in downward pressure on the price of and decrease reimbursement
for our products, and uncertainty regarding the healthcare regulatory environment could have a material adverse effect on
our business.

The sales of our products depend in part on the availability of coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors

such as government health administration authorities, private health insurers, health maintenance organizations and other
healthcare-related organizations. Both the federal and state governments in the United States continue to propose and pass new
legislation and regulations designed to, among other things, expand healthcare coverage to more individuals, contain or reduce
the cost of healthcare, and improve the quality of healthcare outcomes. This legislation and regulation may result in decreased
reimbursement for medical devices, which may create additional pressure to reduce the prices charged for medical devices.
Reduced reimbursement rates could significantly decrease our revenue, which in turn would place significant downward
pressure on our gross margins and impede our ability to become profitable.

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or PPACA, substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by

both governmental and private insurers, encourages improvements in the quality of healthcare items and services, and
significantly impacts the medical device industry. However, a number of legislative changes have been proposed and adopted
since the PPACA was enacted, and legislation has also been proposed that could modify or repeal the PPACA. The
uncertainties regarding the future of the PPACA, and other healthcare reform initiatives, may have an adverse effect on our
customers’ purchasing decisions regarding our products.

44

In the future, additional changes could be made to governmental healthcare programs that could significantly impact

the success of our products. Cost control initiatives could decrease the price that we receive for our products. At this time, we
cannot predict which, if any, additional healthcare reform proposals will be adopted, when they may be adopted or what impact
they may have on the existing regulatory environment, or our ability to operate our business. Any of these factors could have a
material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

Our financial performance may be adversely affected by medical device tax provisions in the healthcare reform laws.

The PPACA imposes, among other things, an excise tax of 2.3% on any entity that manufactures or imports medical

devices offered for sale in the United States, although this tax has been suspended for calendar years 2016, 2017, 2018 and
2019. It is unclear at this time if the moratorium will be further extended. We do not believe that our products are subject to this
tax based on the retail exemption under applicable Treasury Regulations. However, the availability of this exemption is subject
to interpretation by the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, and the IRS may disagree with our analysis. Absent further
legislative action, the medical device excise tax applies to sales of taxable medical devices beginning on January 1, 2020, and
future products that we manufacture, produce or import may be subject to this tax (unless the retail exemption or other
applicable exemption applies). The financial impact this tax may have on our business is unclear and there can be no assurance
that our business will not be materially adversely affected by it. Additionally, Congress could terminate the moratorium or
further change the law related to the medical device tax in a manner that could adversely affect us.

Risks Related to our Common Stock

The price of our common stock may continue to fluctuate significantly.

The trading price of our common stock has been volatile in recent years. We believe our stock price has been, and

will continue to be, subject to wide fluctuations in response to a variety of factors, including the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial and operating results from period to period;

our actual or perceived need for additional capital to fund our operations;

market acceptance of our current products and products under development, and the recognition of
our brand;

introduction of proposed products, technologies or treatment techniques by us or our competitors;

announcements of significant contracts, acquisitions or divestitures by us or our competitors;

regulatory approval of our products or the products of our competitors, or the failure to obtain such
approvals on the projected timeline or at all;

speculative trading practices of market participants;

issuance of securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;

threatened or actual litigation and government investigations;

sales of shares of our common stock by our employees, directors or principal stockholders; and

general political or economic conditions.

These and other factors might cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate substantially. Fluctuations in

our stock price may negatively affect the liquidity of our common stock, which could further impact our stock price.

In recent years, the stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a

significant impact on the market price of securities issued by many companies across many industries. These changes may
occur without regard to the financial condition or operating performance of the affected companies. Accordingly, the price of
our common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with our company, and these fluctuations
could materially reduce the market price of our common stock.

45

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law may discourage or prevent a change of control,
even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, which could reduce our stock price and prevent our
stockholders from replacing or removing our current management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could delay or prevent a

change of control of our company or changes in our board of directors that our stockholders might consider favorable. Some of
these provisions:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

authorize the issuance of preferred stock with powers, preferences and rights that may be senior to
our common stock, which can be created and issued by the board of directors without prior
stockholder approval;

provide for the adoption of a staggered board of directors whereby the board is divided into three
classes each of which has a different three-year term;

provide that the number of directors shall be fixed by the board;

prohibit our stockholders from filling board vacancies;

provide for the removal of a director only with cause and then by the affirmative vote of the holders
of a majority of the outstanding shares;

prohibit stockholders from calling special stockholder meetings;

prohibit stockholders from acting by written consent without holding a meeting of stockholders;

require the vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares to approve amendments to the
certificate of incorporation or bylaws; and

require advance written notice of stockholder proposals and director nominations.

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which may prohibit

certain business combinations with stockholders owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. These and other
provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law could make it more difficult for
stockholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by our then-
current board of directors, including a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company. Any delay or prevention of
a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors could cause the market price of our common stock to
decline.

Our board of directors is authorized to issue and designate shares of our preferred stock in additional series without
stockholder approval.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors, without the approval of our

stockholders, to issue 5,000,000 shares of our preferred stock, subject to limitations prescribed by applicable law, rules and
regulations and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as shares of preferred stock in series,
and to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers,
preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The powers,
preferences and rights of these additional series of preferred stock may be senior to or on parity with our common stock, and
the issuance of such shares in the future may reduce the value of our common stock.

U.S. federal income tax reform could adversely affect us and our stockholders.

On December 22, 2017, President Trump signed into law the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or the 2017 Tax Act, which
significantly reforms the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. The 2017 Tax Act, among other things,
includes changes to U.S. federal tax rates, imposes significant additional limitations on the deductibility of interest, allows for
the expensing of capital expenditures, and puts into effect the migration from a “worldwide” system of taxation to a territorial
system. We do not expect tax reform to have a material impact on our projection of minimal cash taxes. Our net deferred tax
assets and liabilities were revalued at the newly-enacted U.S. corporate rate, and the impact was recognized in our tax expense,
offset by a full valuation allowance, in the year of enactment. We continue to examine the impact that this tax reform legislation
may have on our business. The impact of this tax reform on holders of our common stock is uncertain and could be adverse.

46

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

As of December 31, 2019, we had federal net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards of approximately

$248.7 million, which includes the reduction recorded in 2019 discussed below. Of the total federal net operating loss
carryforwards, $208.5 million will begin to expire in 2026, unless previously utilized. If there is an “ownership change” with
respect to our company, as defined under Section 382 of the Code, the utilization of our NOL and research credit carryforwards
may be subject to substantial limitations imposed by the Code, and similar state provisions. Limitations imposed on our ability
to utilize NOL carryforwards could cause U.S. federal income taxes to be paid earlier than would be paid if such limitations
were not in effect and could cause NOL carryforwards to expire unused, in each case reducing or eliminating the benefit of our
NOL carryforwards. In general, an ownership change occurs whenever there is a shift in ownership of our company by more
than 50% by one or more 5% stockholders over a specified time period.

We have completed an analysis through December 31, 2018 to determine whether our net operating losses and

credits are likely to be limited by Section 382. Based on this study, the Company determined that offerings of our securities
caused an ownership change, as defined under Section 382, in 2018 and the resulting limitation significantly reduced the
Company’s ability to utilize its net operating loss and credit carryovers before they expire. As a result, in 2019 the Company
significantly reduced its deferred tax assets for the net operating loss and research credit carryforwards that are projected to
expire unused. In addition, future ownership changes under Section 382 may further limit the Company's ability to fully utilize
any remaining tax benefits.

With respect to our NOLs generated in 2018 and thereafter, the 2017 Tax Act may reduce the tax benefit of our
NOLs. Under the 2017 Tax Act, our ability to carry back NOLs incurred after December 31, 2017 to previous tax years is
eliminated. Under prior law, we could carry back NOLs for two years and carry forward NOLs for 20 years. Under the 2017
Tax Act, NOL carryforwards may be carried forward indefinitely. However, for NOLs arising after December 31, 2017, NOL
carryforwards will be limited to 80% of our taxable income. Our NOLs generated in 2017 and in prior years will not be subject
to the limitations under the 2017 Tax Act.

We do not intend to pay cash dividends.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds
and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends
in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, investors may have to sell some or all of their shares of our common stock in order to
generate cash flow from their investment.

Regulations related to “conflict minerals” may cause us to incur additional expenses and could limit the supply and
increase the cost of certain metals used in manufacturing our products.

The SEC adopted a rule requiring disclosures by public companies of specified minerals, known as conflict

minerals, that are necessary to the functionality or production of products manufactured or contracted to be manufactured. The
rule requires companies to perform due diligence, disclose and annually report to the SEC whether or not such minerals
originate from the Democratic Republic of Congo or an adjoining country. The rule could affect sourcing at competitive prices
and availability in sufficient quantities of certain minerals used in the manufacture of our products, which could increase our
expenses. In addition, there may be material costs associated with complying with the disclosure requirements, such as costs
related to determining the source of certain minerals used in our products, as well as costs of possible changes to products,
processes, or sources of supply as a consequence of such verification activities.

47

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately
report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, stockholders could lose confidence in our financial and other
public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our common stock.

Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and,
together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required
new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting
obligations. For example, Mr. Sheridan, our principal executive officer, and Ms. Vosseller, our principal financial and
accounting officer, are involved in a personal relationship and share a primary residence. While our board of directors is
informed of the relationship and appropriate actions have been taken to ensure compliance with Company policies and
procedures, the existence of this relationship could create additional risk, or the perception of additional risk, that our controls
and procedures may not be effective. In addition, any testing by us conducted in connection with Section 404(a) of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or any testing conducted by our independent registered public accounting firm in connection with Section
404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be
material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our consolidated financial statements or identify
other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our
reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

We are required to disclose changes made to our internal control procedures on a quarterly basis and our
management is required to assess the effectiveness of these controls annually. Undetected material weaknesses in our internal
controls could lead to financial statement restatements and require us to incur the expense of remediation.

We may be at increased risk of securities class action litigation.

In the past, securities class action litigation has been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in
the overall market and in the price of a company’s securities. We believe this risk may be particularly relevant to us as we have
experienced significant stock price volatility in recent years. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a
diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of
operations. Our stock price volatility and the increase in our market capitalization during the past year may also result in higher
expenses associated with our directors’ and officers’ liability insurance program.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research, about our
business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock depends, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry

analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or publish
inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. In addition, if our operating results
fail to meet the forecasts of analysts, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of
our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which might cause our
stock price and trading volume to decline.

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments.

Not applicable.

Item 2.

Properties.

Substantially all of our operations are currently conducted at leased facilities, including our manufacturing
processes, research and development activities, customer and technical support, and management and administrative functions.
As of December 31, 2019, we occupied facilities with an aggregate total of approximately 341,000 square feet, as follows:

•

Roselle Street Leases: approximately 88,000 square feet of general office and laboratory space
located on Roselle Street in San Diego, California. All of our existing leases for facilities on Roselle
Street are scheduled to expire in May 2022. We have a one-time option to terminate our Roselle
Street Leases effective as of May 2021 upon delivery of advance notice to the landlord and the
payment of an early termination fee.

48

•

•

•

•

•

•

Barnes Canyon Lease: approximately 48,880 square feet of general office, manufacturing and
warehouse space located on Barnes Canyon Road in San Diego, California, which is scheduled to
expire in November 2023. We have a one-time option to extend the term of the Barnes Canyon
Lease for a period of not less than three years and not greater than five years, by delivering notice to
the landlord at least nine months and not more than 12 months prior to the expiration of the lease.

Vista Sorrento Parkway Lease: approximately 59,013 square feet of general office space located on
Vista Sorrento Parkway in San Diego, California, which is scheduled to expire in January 2023. We
have a one-time option to extend the term of the Vista Sorrento Parkway Lease for a period of four
years, by delivering written notice to the landlord in accordance with the terms of the lease.

Marindustry Place Lease: approximately 40,490 square feet of general office and warehouse space
located on Marindustry Place, San Diego, California, which is scheduled to expire in April 2026. We
have a one-time option to extend the term of the Marindustry Place Lease for a period of no less
than three years and no more than five years by delivering written notice to the landlord in
accordance with the terms of the lease.

Shoreline Lease: approximately 94,562 square feet of general office space located on Shoreline
Drive, Boise, Idaho. The Shoreline Lease term is scheduled to commence in July 2020, and expire in
June 2027. We have a one-time option to extend the term of the Shoreline Lease for a period of three
years by delivering written notice to the landlord in accordance with the terms of the lease.

Boise Short-Term Lease: approximately 9,109 square feet of general office space located on
Shoreline Drive, Boise, Idaho. This is a short-term lease that is scheduled to expire in September
2020.

Markham Lease: approximately 667 square feet of general office space located in Markham,
Ontario, Canada. This is a month-to-month lease that can be canceled by delivering written notice to
the landlord in accordance with the terms of the lease.

In January of 2020, we entered into a sub-lease agreement for approximately 30,703 square feet of general office

space located on High Bluff Drive, in San Diego, California. The High Bluff lease is scheduled to expire in March 2022.

We believe that the facilities that we presently occupy will be sufficient to support our current operations and that

suitable additional facilities would be available to us should our operations require it.

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings.

From time to time, we are involved in various legal proceedings arising from or related to claims incident to the
normal course of our business activities. Although the results of such legal proceedings and claims cannot be predicted with
certainty, we believe we are not currently a party to any legal proceeding(s) which, if determined adversely to us, would,
individually or taken together, have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash
flows. However, regardless of the merit of the claims raised or the outcome, legal proceedings may have an adverse impact on
us as a result of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities.

Market Information

Our common stock began trading on the NASDAQ Global Market on November 14, 2013 under the symbol

“TNDM.” Prior to such time, there was no public market for our common stock. The following table sets forth intraday the
high and low sales prices per share of our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Market for the period indicated.

49

Year Ended December 31, 2019:
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

Year Ended December 31, 2018:
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

Holders of Record

Price Range

High

Low

$
$
$
$

$
$
$
$

74.81
72.19
74.30
71.99

5.23
25.50
52.55
44.10

$
$
$
$

$
$
$
$

32.00
51.37
56.69
52.31

2.14
4.75
20.08
26.40

As of February 19, 2020, there were approximately 48 holders of record of our common stock. The actual number of

common stockholders is greater than the number of record holders, and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners, but
whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of holders of record also does not include
stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

Information about our equity compensation plans, as set forth in this Annual Report under the caption “Security

Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” in Part III, Item 12, is
incorporated herein by reference.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

None.

Repurchases of Equity Securities

We did not repurchase any of our equity securities during 2019 or 2018.

50

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data.

PART II

The selected financial data presented below under the heading “Consolidated Statement of Operations Data” for

the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 and the selected financial data presented below under the heading
“Consolidated Balance Sheet Data” as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 have been derived from our audited consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The selected financial data presented below under the heading
“Consolidated Statement of Operations Data” for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 and the selected financial
data presented below under the heading “Consolidated Balance Sheet Data” as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are
derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this Annual Report. The selected financial data
presented below should be read in conjunction with the information included under the heading “Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 and the consolidated financial statements
and the related notes in Part II, Item 8. Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be
expected in any future period.

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

(in thousands, except per share data)

Sales

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Selling, general and administrative

Research and development

Total operating expenses

Operating loss

Total other income (expense), net

Loss before income taxes

Income tax expense (benefit)

Net loss

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

Weighted average shares used to compute
basic and diluted net loss per share

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

(in thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents

Short-term investments

Working capital

Property and equipment, net

Total assets

Notes payable

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

Year Ended December 31,

2018
183,866

$

2017
107,601

$

2016

2015

$

84,248

$

2019
362,305

168,093

194,212

165,735

45,199

210,934

(16,722)

(7,882)

(24,604) $

94,044

89,822

105,226

29,227

134,453
(44,631)
(77,929)
(122,560) $

63,507

44,094

86,377

20,661

107,038
(62,944)
(10,081)
(73,025) $

149

51

8

(24,753) $

(0.42) $

(122,611) $
(2.55) $

(73,033) $
(12.87) $

60,656

23,592

82,834

18,809

101,643
(78,051)
(5,411)
(83,462) $
(15)
(83,447) $
(27.30) $

72,850

46,270

26,580

78,621

16,963

95,584
(69,004)
(3,404)
(72,408)
10
(72,418)
(25.04)

58,507

48,129

5,677

3,057

2,892

As of December 31,

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

51,175

125,283

176,745

32,923

326,110

$

$

$

$

$

41,826

87,201

121,597

17,151

206,294

$

$

$

$

$

13,700

479

28,071

19,631

95,346

$

$

$

$

$

44,678

8,860

60,616

18,409

112,392

$

$

$

$

$

— $

— $

194,979

$

131,275

$

76,541
$
(29,148) $

78,960
$
(5,927) $

43,088

28,018

80,464

15,526

124,725

29,275

63,468

51

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

You should read the following discussion and analysis together with “Selected Financial Data” in Part II, Item 6

and our consolidated financial statements and related notes in Part II, Item 8. The following discussion contains forward-
looking statements, which statements are subject to considerable risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ
materially from those expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set
forth under the caption “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A.

Certain statements contained in this Annual Report are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of

Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Exchange Act, and are subject to the “safe
harbor” created by these sections. Future filings with the SEC, future press releases and future oral or written statements made
by us or with our approval, which are not statements of historical fact, may also contain forward-looking statements. Because
such statements include risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control, actual results may differ materially
from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Some of the factors that could cause actual results to
differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements can be found under the caption “Risk
Factors” in Part I, Item 1A, and elsewhere in this Annual Report. The forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on
which they are made, and we undertake no obligation to update such statements to reflect events that occur or circumstances
that exist after the date on which they are made.

Overview

We are a medical device company with an innovative approach to the design, development and commercialization
of products for people with insulin-dependent diabetes. Our goal is to lead in insulin therapy management by building a robust
ecosystem and portfolio of data-driven products and services around our flagship insulin pumps. We believe our competitive
advantage is rooted in our consumer-focused approach, and the incorporation of modern and innovative technology into our
product offerings. Our manufacturing, sales and support activities principally focus on our flagship pump platform, the t:slim
X2 Insulin Delivery System (t:slim X2), and our complementary product offerings. The simple-to-use t:slim X2 is based on our
proprietary technology platform and is the smallest durable insulin pump available. It is the only pump currently available in
the United States that is capable of remote feature updates, which positions us well to address the evolving needs and
preferences of differentiated segments of the insulin-dependent diabetes market. We aim to improve and simplify the lives of
people with diabetes and those of their healthcare providers, by delivering innovative hardware and software solutions, as well
as best-in-class customer support.

Since our initial commercial launch, we have been able to rapidly innovate and bring more products to market than
our competitors. We have commercially launched seven insulin pumps in the United States since 2012 and two pumps outside
the United States since 2018. Four of our insulin pumps have featured integration with continuous glucose monitoring (CGM)
technology, and two have featured an automated insulin delivery (AID) algorithm. We believe that the three new classifications
defined by the United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for the interoperability of devices for AID will help support
continued rapid innovation by streamlining the regulatory pathway for integrated products. In June 2018, the t:slim X2 was the
first insulin pump designated as compatible with integrated continuous glucose monitoring (known as iCGM) devices; in
February 2019, the t:slim X2 was the first in a new device category called Alternate Controller Enabled Infusion Pumps (ACE
pumps); and in December 2019, Control-IQ technology for the t:slim X2 insulin pump was the first automated insulin dosing
software in a new interoperable automated glycemic controller category.

In the four-year period ended December 31, 2019, we shipped approximately 142,000 insulin pumps, which is

representative of our estimated global installed customer base on the typical four-year reimbursement cycle.
Approximately 118,000 of these pumps were shipped to customers in the United States, and approximately 24,000 were
shipped to international markets.

Today, our t:slim X2 hardware platform represents 100% of our new pump shipments. It is the only commercial

insulin pump that allows users to update their pumps’ software quickly and easily from a personal computer. We have offered
in-warranty t:slim customers in the United States four different software updates for no-cost using the Tandem Device Updater,
including our two AID algorithms, Basal-IQ technology and Control-IQ technology. Basal-IQ technology launched in August
2018 and is a predictive low glucose suspend feature that is designed to temporarily suspend insulin delivery to help reduce the
frequency and duration of hypoglycemic events. Control-IQ technology launched in January 2020 and is an advanced hybrid-
closed loop feature, designed to help increase a user's time in targeted glycemic range. It is the first and only system cleared to
deliver automatic correction boluses in addition to adjusting insulin to help prevent high and low blood sugar. Outside the
United States we began selling efforts with t:slim X2 with Dexcom G5 integration in the third quarter of 2018, offering no-cost
software updates for Basal-IQ technology in the third quarter of 2019, and intend to begin offering Control-IQ technology
updates in select geographies in the second half of 2020.

52

Our insulin pump products are generally considered durable medical equipment and have an expected lifespan of at

least four years. In addition to insulin pumps, we sell disposable products that are used together with our pumps and are
replaced every few days, including cartridges for storing and delivering insulin, and infusion sets that connect the insulin pump
to a user’s body.

Our insulin pumps are compatible with the Tandem Device Updater, a revolutionary tool that allows pump users to

update their pumps’ software quickly and easily from a personal computer. This unique offering positions us to bring future
innovations, including our next generation AID algorithms, to our in-warranty t:slim X2 customers independent of the typical
four-year insurance pump reimbursement cycle, faster than the industry has been able to in the past. The Tandem Device
Updater launched in the United States in the first quarter of 2017 and outside of the United States in the third quarter of 2019.
Since its launch, we have offered in-warranty t:slim customers in the United States four different software updates for no-cost
using the Tandem Device Updater, including Basal-IQ technology and, most recently, Control-IQ technology. Outside the
United States we began offering no-cost software updates for Basal-IQ technology in the third quarter of 2019 and intend to
begin offering Control-IQ technology updates in the second half of 2020, subject to required regulatory and reimbursement
approvals.

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, our consolidated sales were $362.3 million,
$183.9 million, and $107.6 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, our net loss was
$24.8 million, $122.6 million, and $73.0 million, respectively. Worldwide pump sales accounted for 68%, 67%, and 66% of our
total sales, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, while pump-related supplies and accessories
accounted for the remainder in each year. Our accumulated deficit as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $624.8 million and
$600.1 million, respectively. These amounts included $216.6 million and $147.4 million of non-cash stock-based compensation
charges and non-cash changes in the fair value of common stock warrants as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

In the United States, we have rapidly increased sales since the commercial launch of our first product by expanding
our sales, clinical and marketing organization, by developing, commercializing and marketing multiple differentiated products
that utilize our proprietary technology platform and consumer-focused approach, and by providing strong customer support.
Our sales have further increased following our scaled product launches in geographies outside of the United States. We believe
that by demonstrating our product benefits and the shortcomings of existing insulin therapies, more people will choose our
insulin pumps for their therapy needs, allowing us to further penetrate and expand the market worldwide. In addition, we
believe publications, such as the results from the study using Control-IQ technology that was published in the New England
Journal of Medicine in October 2019, will be valuable in demonstrating the clinical outcome benefits derived from our system
to healthcare providers and payors. We also believe we are positioned well to address consumers’ needs and preferences with
our current products and products under development and by offering customers access to our future innovations through the
Tandem Device Updater, as they are approved by the local regulating bodies. At the same time, by innovating and offering new
product features and benefits using our t:slim X2 platform, we are able to leverage a shared global manufacturing and supply
chain infrastructure. In the United States, we are able to leverage a single sales, marketing, and clinical organization, as well as
our domestic customer support services. In Canada, we have a separate sales organization and our customer support
infrastructure benefits from close collaboration with our United States organization. In other international geographies, we have
contracted with experienced distribution partners to commercialize and support our t:slim X2 platform.

Products Under Development

Our products under development support our strategy of focusing on both consumer and clinical needs, and include

AID system enhancements, a connected (mobile) health offerings and a next-generation hardware platform which we call the
t:sport Insulin Delivery System (t:sport). We intend to leverage our consumer-focused approach and proprietary technology
platform to continue to develop products that have the features and functionality that will allow us to meet the needs of people
in differentiated segments of the insulin-dependent diabetes market, including the following:

•

t:sport Insulin Delivery System – Approximately half the size of our t:slim X2 pump, the t:sport pump is being
designed for people who seek even greater discretion and flexibility with the use of their insulin pump. We
anticipate that t:sport will feature a 200-unit cartridge, an on-pump bolus button, a rechargeable battery, an AID
algorithm, and a Bluetooth radio. t:sport is being designed for use with leading U-100 insulins, and we are
evaluating the use of insulin concentrates to provide to people with greater insulin needs. We anticipate that
t:sport will be our first insulin pump to support full pump-control from our mobile application, subject to FDA
review and approval. A separate controller may be offered in addition to or in advance of full mobile control
availability.

53

•

Connected (Mobile) Health Offerings – We are currently preparing for the launch of a mobile application that
has been designed to utilize the capability of the Bluetooth radio integrated with the t:slim X2 to wirelessly
upload pump data to t:connect, receive notification of pump alerts and alarms, and provide a discrete, secondary
display of glucose and insulin data. Future updates of this app will integrate other health-related information
from third party sources, and support future pump-control capabilities for our products under development.

The launch of the first generation of this mobile application in the United States follows the
roll-out of our Control-IQ technology and, by allowing for the wireless upload of data to
t:connect, is intended to reduce patient burden and increase healthcare provider office
efficiency by reducing the manual steps historically required for data extraction.

Over time, we also intend to offer additional features and enhancements to the mobile
application, including partial or full control of pump features.

For additional information, see the section of this Annual Report under the caption “Business” in Part I, Item 1.

Pump Shipments

From inception through June 2018, we derived nearly all of our sales from the shipment of insulin pumps and

associated supplies to customers in the United States. Starting in the third quarter of 2018, we commenced sales of our t:slim
X2 insulin pump in select international geographies. We consider the number of insulin pump units shipped per quarter to be an
important metric for managing our business.

In the four-year period ended December 31, 2019, we shipped approximately 142,000 insulin pumps, of which

approximately 118,000 were shipped to customers in the United States, and approximately 24,000 were shipped to international
markets. In the year ended December 31, 2019, we shipped 73,431 insulin pumps worldwide, compared to 34,493 insulin
pumps shipped in 2018.

Pump shipments to customers in the United States by fiscal quarter were as follows:

Pump Units Shipped for Each of the Three Months Ended in Respective Years - U.S.

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2018
2019

March 31

June 30

September 30
204

December 31
844

—

852

1,723

2,487

4,042

2,816

4,444

9,669

9

1,363

2,235

3,331

4,582

3,427

5,447

1,851

2,935

3,431

3,896

3,868

7,379

2,406

3,929

6,234

4,418

6,950

12,935

17,453

12,799

13,814

Total

1,057

6,472

10,822

15,483

16,938

17,061

30,205

53,735

Pump shipments to international customers by fiscal quarter were as follows:

Pump Units Shipped for Each of the Three Months Ended in Respective Years -
International

March 31

June 30

N/A
5,063

N/A
8,459

September 30
1,055
4,025

December 31
3,233
2,149

Total

4,288
19,696

54

Technology Upgrade Program

Beginning in the third quarter of 2016 through the third quarter of 2017, we offered a Technology Upgrade Program
under a variable pricing structure, as a pathway for certain existing customers to obtain the t:slim X2. The accounting treatment
for the program required us to defer up to 100% of sales at the time of pump shipment and recognize them in a subsequent
period, either when the upgrade was fulfilled or at the expiration of the program. We recognized the deferred amount of sales
and cost of sales at the earlier of when the obligations under the program were satisfied or upon the expiration of the program.
If a customer elected to participate in the program, we recognized any upgrade fees that we received and the associated costs at
the time of fulfilling the given obligation. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded incremental net sales of $5.0
million with a corresponding increase of $3.1 million in gross profit as a result of the Technology Upgrade Program. The
program expired on September 30, 2017 and, therefore, had no impact on our 2018 and 2019 financial results.

Trends Impacting Financial Results

Overall, we have experienced considerable sales growth since the commercial launch of our first product in the third

quarter of 2012, while incurring operating losses since our inception. Our operating results have historically fluctuated on a
quarterly or annual basis, particularly in periods surrounding anticipated regulatory approvals, the commercial launch of new
products by us and our competitors, and the commercial launch of our products in geographies outside of the United States. We
expect these periodic fluctuations in our operating results to continue.

We believe that our financial condition and operating results, as well as the decision-making process of our current

and potential customers, has been and will continue to be impacted by a number of general trends, including the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

market acceptance of our products and competitive products by people with insulin-dependent diabetes, their
caregivers and healthcare providers;

the introduction of new products, treatment techniques or technologies for the treatment of diabetes, including
the timing of the commercialization of new products by us and our competitors;

seasonality in the United States associated with annual insurance deductibles and coinsurance requirements
associated with the medical insurance plans utilized by our customers and the customers of our distributors;

timing of holidays and summer vacations, which may vary by geography;

the buying patterns of our distributors and other customers, both domestically and internationally;

changes in the competitive landscape, including as a result of companies entering or exiting the diabetes
therapy market;

access to adequate coverage and reimbursement for our current and future products by third-party payors, and
reimbursement decisions by third-party payors;

the magnitude and timing of any changes to our facilities, manufacturing operations and other infrastructure;

anticipated and actual regulatory approvals of our products and competitive products; and

product recalls impacting, or the suspension or withdrawal of regulatory clearance or approval relating to, our
products or the products of our competitors.

In addition to these general trends, we believe the following specific factors have materially impacted, and could

continue to materially impact our business going forward:

•

•

•

•

continued increase in demand following the commercial launch of t:slim X2 and the demonstrated success of
our Tandem Device Updater;

anticipated new product launches;

increased opportunity to achieve customer renewals as customers become eligible for insurance reimbursement
to purchase a new insulin pump at the end of the typical four-year reimbursement cycle;

benefit in 2018 and 2019 following the announcement by Johnson & Johnson that it discontinued the operations
of Animas Corporation (Animas) and discontinued availability of Animas pump supplies in September 2019;

55

•

•

•

•

•

designation by UnitedHealthcare of one of our competitors as its preferred, in-network durable medical
equipment provider of insulin pumps for most customers age seven and above;

ability to enter into and maintain agreements with CGM partners for CGM integration;

expansion and new product launches in select international geographies;

accounting variability and complexity associated with certain commercial programs, such as the Technology
Upgrade Program offered in 2016 and 2017 that provided a pathway for in-warranty customers to our next-
generation hardware platform; and

ability to effectively scale our operations to support rapid growth, including expanding our facilities, advancing
our research and development efforts, increasing manufacturing capacity through third-party manufacturers,
and hiring and retaining employees in customer service and support functions.

In addition to working to achieve our sales growth expectations, we intend to continue to leverage our infrastructure

investments to realize additional manufacturing, sales, marketing and administration cost efficiencies with the goal of
improving our operating margins and ultimately achieving sustained profitability. We achieved profitability for the first time in
the fourth quarter of 2018, and again in the fourth quarter of 2019, though we may be unable to achieve profitability
consistently from period to period. We believe we can ultimately achieve sustained profitability by driving incremental sales
growth in U.S. and international markets, meeting our pump renewal sales objectives, maximizing manufacturing efficiencies
on increased production volumes, and leveraging the investments made in our sales, clinical, marketing and customer support
organizations.

Recent Developments

In December 2019, the FDA cleared our t:slim X2 insulin pump with Control-IQ technology, an advanced hybrid-

closed-loop feature designed to help increase time in range, and the first and only system cleared to deliver automatic
correction boluses in addition to adjusting insulin delivery to help prevent high and low blood sugar. The system integrates with
Dexcom G6 continuous glucose monitoring (CGM), which requires no fingersticks for calibration or diabetes treatment
decisions.

Components of Results of Operations

Sales

We offer products for people with insulin-dependent diabetes. We commenced commercial sales of our original

t:slim insulin pump platform in the United States in the third quarter of 2012 and continued to launch various iterations of that
platform during the following years. In October 2016, we began shipping our flagship pump platform, the t:slim X2 insulin
pump. The t:slim X2 hardware platform, which includes remote software update capabilities, now represents 100% of our new
pump shipments. Accordingly, in the third quarter of 2018 we discontinued new sales of all prior platform versions. Our
products also include disposable cartridges and infusion sets. In addition, we offer accessories including protective cases, belt
clips, and power adapters, although sales of these products are not significant.

We primarily sell our products through national and regional distributors in the United States on a non-exclusive

basis. These distributors are generally providers of medical equipment and supplies to individuals with diabetes. Our primary
end customers are people with insulin-dependent diabetes. Similar to other durable medical equipment, the primary payor is
generally a third-party insurance carrier and the customer is usually responsible for any medical insurance plan copay or
coinsurance requirements. We believe our existing sales, clinical, and marketing infrastructure will allow us to continue to
increase sales by allowing us to promote our products to a greater number of potential customers, caregivers and healthcare
providers.

56

In the third quarter of 2018, we began the launch of our t:slim X2 with G5 through distribution partners outside the
United States, including in select European countries, Australia, New Zealand, and South Africa. During the second quarter of
2019, we began selling our t:slim X2 with Basal-IQ technology in certain of these geographies. Our independent distributor
partners perform all sales, customer support and training in their respective markets. In Canada, we market with a direct sales
force and, similar to the United States, use a distributor partner for certain billing and fulfillment activities. Historically, we
have experienced consistent levels of reimbursement for our products in the United States, but we expect the average sales
price will vary in international markets based on a number of factors, such as the geographical mix, nature of the
reimbursement environment, government regulations and the extent to which we rely on distributor relationships to provide
sales, clinical and marketing support.

In general, in the United States we have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, pump shipments being

weighted heavily towards the second half of the year, with the highest percentage of pump shipments expected in the fourth
quarter due to the nature of the reimbursement environment. Consistent with our historical seasonality, we also expect domestic
pump shipments from the fourth quarter to the following first quarter to decrease significantly. Internationally, we do not expect
this same impact from seasonality associated with reimbursement, although the quarterly sales trends may be impacted by
summer vacations and launches into new geographies. While the opportunity to transition former Animas customers during
2019 positively impacted our quarterly sales trends worldwide, we do not anticipate future significant benefit.

In addition, our quarterly sales have fluctuated, and may continue to fluctuate, substantially in the periods

surrounding anticipated and actual regulatory approvals and commercial launches of new products by us or our competitors.
We believe customers may defer purchasing decisions if they believe a new product may be launched in the future.
Additionally, upon the announcement of FDA approval or commercial launch of a new product, either by us or one of our
competitors, potential new customers may reconsider their purchasing decisions or take additional time to consider the
anticipated or new approval or product launch in making their purchasing decisions. For instance, we believe certain customers
paused in their decision-making during the second half of 2019 in anticipation of the commercial availability of the t:slim X2
with Control-IQ technology. However, it is difficult to quantify the extent of the impact of these or similar events on future
purchasing decisions.

Cost of Sales

Historically, we have manufactured our pumps and disposable cartridges at our manufacturing facility in San Diego,

California. In 2020, we anticipate outsourcing a portion of our cartridge manufacturing to an experienced third-party contract
manufacturer. Infusion sets and pump accessories are manufactured by third-party suppliers. Cost of sales includes raw
materials, labor costs, manufacturing overhead expenses, product training costs, freight, reserves for expected warranty costs,
scrap and excess and obsolete inventories. Manufacturing overhead expenses include expenses relating to quality assurance,
manufacturing engineering, material procurement, inventory control, facilities, equipment, information technology and
operations supervision and management. We anticipate that our cost of sales will continue to increase as our product sales
increase.

Over the long term, we expect our overall gross margin percentage, which for any given period is calculated as sales

less cost of sales divided by sales, to improve, as our sales increase and our overhead costs are spread over larger production
volumes. We expect we will be able to leverage our manufacturing cost structure across our products that utilize the same
technology platform and manufacturing infrastructure and will be able to further reduce per unit costs with increased
automation, process improvements and raw materials cost reductions. Pumps have, and are expected to continue to have, a
higher gross margin than our pump-related supplies. Therefore, the percentage of pump sales relative to total sales will have a
significant impact on gross margin. We also expect our warranty cost per unit to decrease as we release additional product
features and functionality utilizing the Tandem Device Updater. However, our overall gross margin may fluctuate in future
quarterly periods as a result of numerous factors aside from those associated with production volumes and product mix. In
addition, as demand for our products increases, we have begun, and may continue, to make additional investments in
manufacturing capacity or increase our reliance on third parties for manufacturing-related services, either of which could have a
negative impact on gross margin in the near-term. Specifically, in 2020, we plan to invest in additional manufacturing
equipment to meet anticipated long-term demand for our cartridges, which may initially place downward pressure on the gross
margin on our supplies.

Other factors impacting our overall gross margin may include the changing percentage of products sold to
distributors versus directly to individual customers, varying levels of reimbursement among third-party payors in domestic and
international markets, the timing and success of new regulatory approvals and product launches, the impact of the valuation and
amortization of employee stock option grants on non-cash stock-based compensation expense allocated to cost of sales,
changes in warranty estimates, training costs, licensing and royalty costs, cost associated with excess and obsolete inventories,
and changes in our manufacturing processes, capacity, costs or output.

57

Selling, General and Administrative

Our selling, general and administrative (SG&A) expenses primarily consist of salary, cash-based incentive

compensation, fringe benefits and non-cash stock-based compensation for our executive, financial, legal, marketing, sales,
clinical, customer support, technical services, insurance verification, regulatory affairs and other administrative functions. We
began expanding our U.S. field sales and clinical organization during the third quarter of 2019 to support an expected increase
in demand. We expect to have approximately 90 territories by early 2020. Our existing territories are maintained by sales
representatives and field clinical specialists, and supported by managed care liaisons, additional sales management and other
customer support personnel. Our operations in Canada are supported by a direct sales force of approximately 17 field
representatives. Other significant SG&A expenses include those incurred for product demonstration samples,
commercialization activities associated with new product launches, travel, trade shows, outside legal fees, independent auditor
fees, outside consultant fees, insurance premiums, facilities costs and information technology costs. Overall, we expect our
SG&A expenses, including the cost of our customer support infrastructure, to increase as our customer base grows in the
United States and international markets. We will continue to evaluate, and may further increase, the number of our field sales
and clinical personnel in order to optimize the coverage of our existing territories. Additionally, we realized a notable increase
in non-cash stock-based compensation expense allocated to SG&A beginning in the third quarter of 2018, and again in the
second quarter of 2019, due to the valuation of certain employee stock option grants and the impact on the valuation of the
significant increase in our stock price over the previous year. We expect higher non-cash stock-based compensation expense
will be sustained through the first half of 2020 and will begin to decline in future quarters. Our SG&A expenses may also
increase due to anticipated costs associated with additional compliance and regulatory reporting requirements.

Research and Development

Our research and development (R&D), activities primarily consist of engineering and research programs associated
with our products under development, as well as activities associated with our core technologies and processes. R&D expenses
are primarily related to employee compensation, including salary, fringe benefits, non-cash stock-based compensation and
temporary employee expenses. We also incur R&D expenses for supplies, development prototypes, outside design and testing
services, depreciation, allocated facilities and information services, clinical trial costs, payments under our licensing,
development and commercialization agreements and other indirect costs. We expect our R&D expenses to increase as we
advance our products under development and develop new products and technologies, partially offset by future expected
declines in non-cash stock-based compensation.

Other Income and Expense

Other income and expense primarily consists of changes in the fair value of certain warrants issued in our public
offering of common stock in October 2017, and interest earned on our cash equivalents and short-term investments. In 2018
and 2017, it also included interest expense and amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs associated with our
Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement (Term Loan Agreement) with Capital Royalty Partners II, L.P. and its affiliated
funds (CRG), and a $5.3 million loss on extinguishment of debt associated with the full repayment of amounts due under the
Term Loan Agreement in August 2018. Prior to the repayment, there was $82.7 million of outstanding principal under the Term
Loan Agreement, which accrued interest at a rate of 11.5% per annum. As a result of the full repayment, we did not incur any
interest expense or costs associated with the Term Loan Agreement subsequent to the third quarter of 2018. Other income also
includes interest earned on our cash equivalents and short-term investments. We expect other income and expense to fluctuate
from period to period primarily due to the revaluation of certain outstanding common stock warrants, which expire in the fourth
quarter of 2022.

58

Results of Operations

(in thousands, except percentages)

Sales:

Domestic

International

Total sales

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Gross margin

Operating expenses:

Selling, general and administrative

Research and development

Total operating expenses

Operating loss

Other income (expense), net:

Interest and other income

Interest and other expense

Loss on extinguishment of debt

Change in fair value of stock warrants

Total other expense, net

Loss before income taxes

Income tax expense

Net loss

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

$

302,084

$

174,188

$

107,601

60,221

362,305

168,093

194,212

9,678

183,866

94,044

89,822

—

107,601

63,507

44,094

54%

49%

41%

165,735

45,199

210,934
(16,722)

3,271
(78)
—
(11,075)
(7,882)
(24,604)
149
(24,753)

$

$

105,226

29,227

134,453
(44,631)

1,462
(7,584)
(5,313)
(66,494)
(77,929)
(122,560)
51
(122,611)

$

$

86,377

20,661

107,038
(62,944)

239
(11,341)
—

1,021
(10,081)
(73,025)
8
(73,033)

$

$

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

Sales. For the year ended December 31, 2019, sales were $362.3 million, which included $60.2 million of
international sales. For the year ended December 31, 2018, sales were $183.9 million, which included $9.7 million of
international sales which commenced in the third quarter of 2018.

The increase in total sales of $178.4 million in 2019, as compared to 2018, was primarily driven by a 113% increase

in worldwide pump shipments to 73,431 in 2019, compared to 34,493 in 2018. Worldwide pump shipments were positively
impacted by strong demand for our products following the August 2018 domestic launch of t:slim X2 with Basal-IQ technology
and the commencement of commercial sales of t:slim X2 with G5 integration in select international geographies beginning in
the third quarter of 2018, as well as the fulfillment of international pump demand from backlog that existed at the end of 2018
due to supply constraints. In addition, worldwide sales in 2019 and 2018 were positively impacted by the transition of former
Animas customers to our products. However, we do not anticipate significant benefit from conversion of Animas customers
beyond 2019. Sales from pump-related supplies increased 91% primarily due to an overall increase in our installed base of
customers reordering supplies. The ratio of the number of infusion sets shipped to the number of cartridges shipped was over
100% in both of the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Domestic sales by product were as follows (in thousands):

Pump

Infusion sets

Cartridges

Other
Total Domestic Sales

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

$

$

205,492

$

66,034

30,022

536

302,084

$

115,719

40,260

17,796

413

174,188

59

International sales by product were as follows (in thousands):

Pump

Infusion sets

Cartridges

Other
Total International Sales

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

$

$

42,094

$

11,221

6,656

250

60,221

$

8,205

629

781

63

9,678

Sales to distributors accounted for 73% and 78% of our total domestic sales for the years ended December 31, 2019
and 2018, respectively. Our percentage of sales to distributors versus individual customers is principally determined by the mix
of customers ordering our products within the period and whether or not we have a contractual arrangement with their
underlying third-party insurance payor. Sales to distributors accounted for 92% and 100% of our total international sales for the
years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit. Our cost of sales in 2019 was $168.1 million, resulting in gross profit of $194.2

million, compared to $94.0 million of cost of sales in 2018 resulting in gross profit of $89.8 million. The gross margin for 2019
was 54%, compared to 49% in 2018.

The improvement in both gross profit and gross margin was primarily the result of the increase in insulin pump sales

which have a higher gross margin than pump-related supplies. Gross margin and gross profit also increased as a result of per-
unit manufacturing cost improvements from higher production volumes and continued overall manufacturing efficiencies
gained from our new manufacturing facility which became fully operational at the beginning of 2018. On an aggregate basis,
other non-manufacturing costs, which primarily consist of warranty, freight and training costs, also reflected improvement on a
per unit basis. Non-cash stock-based compensation expense allocated to cost of sales increased to $6.4 million in
2019 compared to $2.6 million in 2018, due primarily to the valuation of certain 2018 and 2019 employee stock option grants
and the impact on the valuation of the significant increase in our stock price.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. SG&A expenses increased 58% to $165.7 million in 2019 from

$105.2 million in 2018. Employee-related expenses for our SG&A functions comprise the majority of the SG&A expenses.
These expenses increased $49.6 million during 2019 compared to 2018, which included an increase of $23.6 million in salaries,
incentive compensation and other employee benefits due to an increase in personnel to support our growing installed customer
base, and a $26.0 million increase in non-cash stock-based compensation expense. Non-cash stock-based compensation
expense allocated to SG&A increased to $42.9 million in 2019, compared to $16.8 million in 2018, due primarily to the
valuation of certain 2018 and 2019 employee stock options grants and the impact on the valuation of the significant increase in
our stock price. We also experienced increased costs for equipment and supplies, outside consulting and services, and travel of
$10.9 million.

Research and Development Expenses. R&D expenses increased 55% to $45.2 million in 2019 from $29.2 million in
2018. The increase in R&D expenses was primarily the result of an increase of $4.8 million in salaries, incentive compensation
and other employee benefits due to an increase in personnel to support our product development efforts, and a $4.5 million
increase in non-cash stock-based compensation expense. Non-cash stock-based compensation expense allocated to R&D
increased to $8.8 million in 2019, compared to $4.3 million in 2018, due primarily to the valuation of certain 2018 and 2019
employee stock option grants and the impact on the valuation of the significant increase in our stock price. We also experienced
increased costs for outside consulting and services, clinical trials, and supplies of $5.8 million.

Other Income (Expense). Total other expense in 2019 was $7.9 million, compared to $77.9 million in 2018. Other

expense in 2019 primarily consisted of a $11.1 million revaluation loss from the change in fair value of certain warrants due to
the significant appreciation in our stock price during 2019, offset by interest and other income of $3.3 million. Other expense in
2018 consisted primarily of a $66.5 million revaluation loss from the change in fair value of certain warrants due to the
significant appreciation in our stock price during 2018, $7.6 million of interest expense associated with the Term Loan
Agreement, as well as a $5.3 million loss on extinguishment of debt associated with the full repayment of our Term Loan
Agreement in August 2018. Interest and other income primarily consisted of interest earned on our cash equivalents and short-
term investments, for which our average invested balances were significantly higher in 2019 as compared to 2018.

60

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

Sales. For the year ended December 31, 2018, sales were $183.9 million, which included $9.7 million of

international sales which commenced in the third quarter of 2018. For the year ended December 31, 2017, sales were $107.6
million, which included incremental net pump sales of $5.0 million as a result of the Technology Upgrade Program in place at
that time.

The increase in total sales of $76.3 million in 2018, as compared to 2017, was primarily driven by a 102% increase

in worldwide pump shipments to 34,493 in 2018, compared to 17,061 in 2017. Worldwide pump shipments were positively
impacted by strong demand for our products following the August 2018 domestic launch of t:slim X2 with Basal-IQ
technology, the August 2017 launch of t:slim X2 with G5 integration, and the commencement of commercial sales in select
international geographies beginning in the third quarter of 2018. Additionally, sales from pump-related supplies increased 66%
primarily due to the September 2017 launch of infusion set products using the t:lock connector, as well as an overall increase in
our installed customer base of customers reordering supplies. The ratio of the number of infusion sets shipped to the number of
cartridges shipped increased to over 100% in 2018 from 69% in the year ended 2017.

Domestic sales by product were as follows (in thousands):

Pump

Infusion sets

Cartridges

Other
Total Domestic Sales

International sales by product were as follows (in thousands):

Pump

Infusion sets

Cartridges

Other
Total International Sales

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

115,719

$

40,260

17,796

413

174,188

$

71,518

21,444

14,173

466

107,601

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017(1)

8,205

$

629

781

63

9,678

$

—

—

—

—

—

$

$

$

$

(1) International sales commenced in the third quarter of 2018. We did not have any international sales during the year ended
December 31, 2017.

Sales to distributors accounted for 78% and 75% of our total domestic sales for the years ended December 31, 2018
and 2017, respectively. Our percentage of sales to distributors versus individual customers is principally determined by the mix
of customers ordering our products within the period and whether or not we have a contractual arrangement with their
underlying third-party insurance payor. The percentage was particularly impacted in 2018 by the mid-2017 launch of the t:lock
connector, which resulted in greater purchases of infusion sets by our independent distributors during the period as compared to
the same period during the prior year. Sales to distributors accounted for 100% of our total international sales for the year
ended December 31, 2018.

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit. Our cost of sales in 2018 was $94.0 million, resulting in gross profit of $89.8

million, compared to $63.5 million of cost of sales and gross profit of $44.1 million in 2017, which included incremental gross
profit of $3.1 million associated with the Technology Upgrade Program.

The gross margin for 2018 was 49%, compared to 41% in 2017. The incremental gross profit associated with the

Technology Upgrade Program benefited our 2017 gross margin by one percentage point.

61

The improvement in both gross profit and gross margin was primarily the result of the increase in insulin pump sales

which have a higher gross margin than pump-related supplies, as well as per-unit cost improvements on all products from
increased production volumes and manufacturing efficiencies. On an aggregate basis, other non-manufacturing costs, which
primarily consist of warranty, freight and training costs, also reflected improvement on a per unit basis. Non-cash stock-based
compensation expense allocated to cost of sales increased to $2.6 million in 2018, compared to $1.4 million in 2017, due
primarily to the valuation of certain 2018 employee stock option grants and the impact on the valuation of the significant
increase in our stock price during 2018.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. SG&A expenses increased 22% to $105.2 million in 2018 from
$86.4 million in 2017. Employee-related expenses for our SG&A functions comprise the majority of the SG&A expenses.
These expenses increased $18.4 million during 2018 compared to 2017, which included an increase of $11.6 million in salaries,
incentive compensation and other employee benefits due in part to an increase in personnel to support our growing installed
customer base, as well as the impact of our strong year-over-year sales growth on incentive-based compensation. Additionally,
there was a $6.8 million increase in non-cash stock-based compensation expense. Non-cash stock-based compensation expense
allocated to SG&A increased to $16.8 million in 2018, compared to $10.0 million in 2017, due primarily to the valuation of
certain 2018 employee stock option grants and the impact on the valuation of the significant increase in our stock price during
2018.

Research and Development Expenses. R&D expenses increased 41% to $29.2 million in 2018 from $20.7 million in
2017. The increase in R&D expenses was primarily the result of an increase of $4.1 million in salaries, incentive compensation
and other employee benefits due to an increase in personnel to support our product development efforts, and a $3.1 million
increase in non-cash stock-based compensation expense due to the significant increase in our stock price in 2018. In addition,
our strong year-over-year sales growth drove a substantial year-over-year increase in incentive-based compensation. Non-cash
stock-based compensation expense allocated to R&D increased to $4.3 million in 2018, compared to $1.2 million in 2017, due
primarily to the valuation of certain 2018 employee stock option grants and the impact on the valuation of the significant
increase in our stock price during 2018.

Other Income (Expense). Total other expense in 2018 was $77.9 million, compared to $10.1 million in 2017. Other
expense in 2018 primarily consisted of a $66.5 million revaluation loss from the change in fair value of certain warrants due to
the significant appreciation in our stock price during 2018, $7.6 million of interest expense associated with the Term Loan
Agreement, as well as a $5.3 million loss on extinguishment of debt associated with the full repayment of our Term Loan
Agreement in August 2018. Other expense in 2017 consisted primarily of interest expense associated with the Term Loan
Agreement. The outstanding principal balance under the Term Loan Agreement was $82.7 million prior to the repayment and as
of December 31, 2017. Interest and other income primarily consisted of interest earned on our cash equivalents and short-term
investments, for which our average invested balances were significantly higher in 2018 as compared to 2017.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

At December 31, 2019, we had $176.5 million in cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments. We believe
that our cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments balance will be sufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements for
at least the next 12 months from the date of this filing.

Historically, our principal sources of cash have included private placements and public offerings of equity securities,

debt financing, and cash collected from product sales. Since the beginning of 2018, we completed the following financings:

•

•

•

In February 2018, we completed a registered public offering of 34,500,000 shares of common stock
at a public offering price of $2.00 per share. The gross proceeds from the offering were
approximately $69.0 million, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other
offering expenses.

In August 2018, we completed a registered public offering of 4,035,085 shares of common stock at a
public offering price of $28.50 per share. The gross proceeds from the offering were $115.0 million,
before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering expenses.

From January 2018 through December 2019, we received proceeds of $29.9 million from the
exercise of 8,829,235 outstanding warrants which were originally issued in a registered public
offering of common stock in October 2017. As of December 31, 2019, there were warrants to
purchase 417,315 shares outstanding relating to the October 2017 offering.

62

•

From January 2018 through December 2019, we issued 1,554,995 shares of common stock upon the
exercise of stock options, and 409,653 shares of common stock were purchased under our 2013
Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which generated aggregate proceeds of $26.3 million.

Our historical cash outflows have primarily been associated with cash used for operating activities such as the

development and commercialization of our products, the expansion and support of our sales, marketing, clinical and customer
support organizations, the expansion of our R&D activities, the expansion of our commercial activities to select international
geographies, the acquisition of intellectual property, expenditures related to increases in our manufacturing capacity and
improvements to our manufacturing efficiency, overall expansion of our facilities and operations, and other working capital
needs. Additionally, we have used cash to pay the interest expense associated with our Term Loan Agreement. The outstanding
balance associated with the Term Loan Agreement was fully repaid in August 2018, and we have ceased incurring interest
expense and other costs associated with the Term Loan Agreement subsequent to the third quarter of 2018.

We expect our sales performance and the resulting operating income or loss, as well as the status of each of our new

product development programs, will significantly impact our cash flow from operations, liquidity position and cash
management decisions.

The following table shows a summary of our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

(in thousands)
Net cash provided by (used in):

Operating activities
Investing activities
Financing activities

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash
Total

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

$

$

41,906
(56,955)
24,207

191
9,349

$

$

(8,319) $
(90,739)
117,184

—
18,126

$

(66,136)
2,782
40,376

—
(22,978)

Operating activities. Net cash provided by operating activities was $41.9 million for the year ended December 31,

2019, compared to net cash used of $8.3 million and $66.1 million for the same periods in 2018 and 2017, respectively.

The improvement to net cash provided by operating activities for 2019 compared to 2018 was primarily driven by

higher sales and gross margins in 2019, which resulted in a significant reduction in net loss when adjusted for non-cash
expenses, particularly stock-based compensation expense and the change in the fair value of common stock warrants, offset by
net changes in working capital. Our operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2018 also included $7.6 million in interest
expense, and a $5.3 million loss on extinguishment of debt. Working capital changes in 2019 primarily consisted of increases in
accounts receivable and inventories, offset by increases in accounts payable, accrued expenses, employee-related liabilities,
deferred revenue, and other long-term liabilities related to warranty reserves for 2019 pump sales. Accounts receivable
increased to $46.6 million at December 31, 2019 from $35.2 million at December 31, 2018, as a result of higher sales in the
fourth quarter of 2019 as compared to the fourth quarter of 2018. Inventories increased to $49.1 million at December 31,
2019 from $19.9 million at December 31, 2018, primarily to support the growth in our business.

The decrease in net cash used in operating activities for 2018 compared to 2017 was primarily associated with a

reduction in the net loss when adjusted for non-cash expenses, particularly the change in the fair value of certain common stock
warrants, increased stock-based compensation expense, and a $5.3 million loss on extinguishment of debt in 2018, as well as
net changes in working capital. Our operating loss also included $7.6 million and $11.3 million in interest expense during 2018
and 2017, respectively. Working capital changes were due to an increase in accounts receivable as a result of higher sales, offset
by a reduction in inventories and increases in employee related liabilities and deferred revenue. Inventories decreased to $19.9
million at December 31, 2018 from $27.0 at December 31, 2017 due to an increase in sales demand during the fourth quarter of
2018, and the timing of pump production and certain inventory receipts.

63

Investing activities. Net cash used by investing activities was $57.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019,

which was primarily related to purchases of short-term investments of $164.6 million and $19.5 million in purchases of
property and equipment, offset by $127.2 million in proceeds from maturities and sales of short-term investments. Net cash
used by investing activities was $90.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, which was primarily related to purchases
of short-term investments of $123.6 million using the net proceeds from our public offering of common stock in August of
2018, and $3.0 million in purchases of property and equipment, offset by $35.8 million in proceeds from maturities of short-
term investments. Net cash provided by investing activities was $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, which was
primarily related to proceeds from maturities of short-term investments of $8.5 million offset by $5.7 million in purchases of
property and equipment.

Financing activities. Net cash provided by financing activities was $24.2 million for the year ended December 31,
2019, which was primarily the result of proceeds of $23.9 million from the issuance of common stock under our stock plans.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $117.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, which was primarily the
result of net proceeds of approximately $172.9 million from the public offerings of our common stock in February 2018 and
August 2018, as well as proceeds of $29.6 million from the exercise of common stock warrants that were issued in the public
offering of common stock in October 2017, offset by the $87.7 million repayment of our term loan and associated financing
fees. Net cash provided by financing activities was $40.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, which was primarily
the result of net proceeds from the issuance of common stock.

Our liquidity position and capital requirements are subject to fluctuation based on a number of factors. In particular,

our cash inflows and outflows are principally impacted by the following:

•

•

•

•

•

our ability to generate sales, the timing of those sales, the mix of products sold and the collection of
receivables from period to period;

the timing of any additional financings, and the net proceeds raised from such financings;

the timing and amount of the exercise of outstanding warrants, and proceeds from the issuance of
equity awards pursuant to employee stock plans;

fluctuations in gross margins and operating margins; and

fluctuations in working capital, including changes in accounts receivable, inventories, accounts
payable, employee related liabilities, and operating lease liabilities.

Our primary short-term capital needs are expected to include expenditures related to:

•

•

•

•

•

•

support of our commercialization efforts related to our current and future products;

expansion of our customer support resources for our growing installed customer base;

research and product development efforts, including clinical trial costs;

acquisitions of equipment, technology, intellectual property and other assets;

additional facilities leases and related tenant improvements, and manufacturing equipment to
support business growth and increase manufacturing capacity; and

payments under licensing, development and commercialization agreements.

64

Although we believe the foregoing items reflect our most likely uses of cash in the short-term, we cannot predict

with certainty all of our particular cash uses or the timing or amount of cash used. In addition, from time to time we may
consider opportunities to acquire or license other products or technologies that may enhance our product platform or
technology, expand the breadth of our markets or customer base, or advance our business strategies. Any such transaction may
require short-term expenditures that may impact our capital needs. If for any reason our cash and cash equivalents balances, or
cash generated from operations is insufficient to satisfy our working capital requirements, we may in the future be required to
seek additional capital from public or private offerings of our equity or debt securities, or we may elect to borrow capital under
new credit arrangements or from other sources. We may also seek to raise additional capital from such offerings or borrowings
on an opportunistic basis when we believe there are suitable opportunities for doing so. If we issue equity or debt securities to
raise additional funds, our existing stockholders may experience dilution, we may incur significant financing or debt service
costs, and the new equity or debt securities may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our existing
stockholders. There can be no assurance that financing will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Our ability to raise
additional financing may be negatively impacted by a number of factors, including our recent and projected financial results,
recent changes in and volatility of our stock price, perceptions about the dilutive impact of financing transactions, the
competitive environment in our industry, and uncertainties regarding the regulatory environment in which we operate.

Indebtedness

Repayment of Term Loan Agreement

In August 2018, we fully repaid our term loan with CRG pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement. The balance of the

outstanding debt at the time of repayment was $82.7 million. The total repayment amount of $88.8 million included
approximately $1.1 million in accrued interest, and approximately $5.0 million in associated financing fees that became due.
Therefore, we did not have any borrowings outstanding under the Term Loan Agreement as of December 31, 2019 and
December 31, 2018. At the time of repayment, the remaining $5.3 million debt discount balance associated with the financing
fees and certain debt issuance costs was accelerated and recognized as a loss on extinguishment of debt during the third quarter
of 2018.

Contractual Obligations & Commitments

The following table summarizes the payments due by fiscal period for our outstanding contractual obligations at

December 31, 2019:

Payments Due by Period

(in thousands)
Operating lease obligations (1)(2)
Firm purchase commitments (3)
Total contractual obligations

$

$

Total

31,464

128,215

159,679

$

Less than 1 year
7,010
$

112,173

119,183

1-3 years

3-5 years

$

$

15,209

16,042

31,251

$

$

5,269

—

5,269

$

$

More than
5 years

3,975

—

3,975

(1)

(2)

(3)

Operating lease obligations of $23.1 million were included in operating lease liabilities current and long-term in
the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2019 (see Note 5, "Leases"). The additional $8.3 million
included in the above table consists of $8.2 million due under the lease of additional general office space
located on Shoreline Drive, Boise, Idaho (Shoreline Lease), which we entered into in November of 2019, and
$0.1 million related to short-term leases. Minimum annual lease payments under the Shoreline Lease will be
approximately $0.5 million in 2020, $1.1 million in 2021 and 2022, $1.2 million in 2023 and 2024, and $3.1
million thereafter. The Company currently estimates that it will recognize the Shoreline Lease operating lease
liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet upon the lease commencement in the first quarter of 2020.

Does not include $2.5 million due under the lease of additional general office space located on High Bluff
Drive, San Diego, California, which we entered into in January of 2020. Minimum annual lease payments under
the lease will be approximately $1.0 million in 2020, $1.2 million in 2021, and $0.3 million in 2022.

Includes purchase orders that are cancellable under the standard terms of our purchase order agreements. In
certain cases, cancellation of outstanding purchase commitments may require payment of costs incurred
through the date of cancellation.

65

Critical Accounting Policies Involving Management Estimates and Assumptions

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated

financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that
affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in
our consolidated financial statements. We evaluate our estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on
historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which
form the basis for making judgments about our financial condition and results of operations that are not readily apparent from
other sources. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates.

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements

included in this Annual Report, we believe that the following accounting policies are the most critical to the judgments and
estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

Our revenue is generated primarily from sales of our insulin pumps, disposable cartridges and infusion sets to

individual customers and third-party distributors that resell the product to insulin-dependent diabetes customers. We are paid
directly by customers who use the products, distributors and third-party insurance payors. We recognize revenue when control
of our products is transferred to our customers in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to receive from our
customers in exchange for those products. This process involves identifying the contract with a customer, determining the
performance obligations in the contract, determining the contract price, allocating the contract price to the distinct performance
obligations in the contract, and recognizing revenue when the performance obligations have been satisfied. Revenue
recognition for contracts with multiple deliverables is based on the separate satisfaction of each distinct performance obligation
within the contract. A performance obligation is considered distinct from other obligations in a contract when it provides a
benefit to the customer either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer and is
separately identified in the contract. We consider a performance obligation satisfied once we have transferred control of a
product to the customer, meaning the customer has the ability to use and obtain the benefit of the product. Complementary
products, such as the t:connect cloud-based data management application and the Tandem Device Updater, are considered
performance obligations satisfied over time, as access and support for these products is provided throughout the typical four-
year warranty period of the insulin pumps. Accordingly, revenue related to the complementary products is deferred and
recognized ratably over a four-year period. There is no standalone value for these complementary products. Therefore, we
determine their value by applying the expected cost plus a margin approach and then allocate the residual to the insulin pumps.

Warranty Reserve

We generally provide a four-year warranty on our insulin pumps to end user customers and may replace any pumps

that do not function in accordance with the product specifications. Insulin pumps returned to us may be refurbished and
redeployed. Additionally, we offer a six-month warranty on disposable cartridges and infusion sets. Estimated warranty costs
are recorded at the time of shipment. We evaluate the reserve quarterly. Warranty costs are primarily estimated based on the
current expected product replacement cost and expected replacement rates utilizing historical experience. Recently released
versions of our pump may not incur warranty costs in a manner similar to previously released pumps, on which we initially
base our warranty estimate of newer pumps. We may make further adjustments to the warranty reserve when deemed
appropriate, giving additional consideration to length of time the pump version has been in the field and future expectations of
performance based on new features and capabilities that may become available through Tandem Device Updater. Changes to
the actual replacement rates or the expected product replacement cost could have a material impact on our estimated warranty
reserve.

66

Income Taxes

Significant judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities

and the valuation allowance recorded against net deferred tax assets. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined using the
enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which those tax assets are expected to be realized. A valuation allowance is
established when it is more likely than not the future realization of all or some of the deferred tax assets will not be achieved.
The evaluation of the need for a valuation allowance is performed on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis, and includes a review
of all available positive and negative evidence. Factors reviewed include projections of pre-tax book income for the foreseeable
future, determination of cumulative pre-tax book income after permanent differences, earnings history, and reliability of
forecasting. We will continue to assess the need for a valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets by evaluating both positive
and negative evidence that may exist. Any adjustment to the net deferred tax asset valuation allowance would be recorded in
the statement of operations for the period that the adjustment is determined to be required.

Utilization of our net operating loss and research credit carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual

limitation due to ownership change limitations provided by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and
similar state provisions. The annual limitations may result in the expiration of net operating loss carryforwards before
utilization. We have completed an analysis through December 31, 2018 to determine whether our net operating losses and
credits are likely to be limited by Section 382. Based on this study, we determined that an ownership change, as defined under
Section 382, occurred in 2018 and the resulting limitation significantly reduced our ability to utilize our net operating loss and
credit carryovers before they expire. As a result, in 2019 we reduced our deferred tax assets for the net operating loss and
research credit carryforwards that are projected to expire unused with a corresponding offset to the valuation allowance
recorded against such assets. Additionally, future ownership changes under Section 382 may also limit our ability to fully
utilize any remaining tax benefits.

The Company’s income tax returns are based on calculations and assumptions that are subject to examination by the
Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. In addition, the calculation of the Company’s tax liabilities involves dealing
with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. We recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on a
two-step process. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence
indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or
litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of
being realized upon settlement. While we believe we have appropriate support for the positions taken on our tax returns, we
regularly assess the potential outcomes of examinations by tax authorities in determining the adequacy of our provision for
income taxes. We continually assess the likelihood and amount of potential revisions and adjust the income tax provision,
income taxes payable and deferred taxes in the period in which the facts that give rise to a revision become known.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2019, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

We invest our excess cash primarily in commercial paper, corporate debt securities, U.S. Government-sponsored
enterprise securities and U.S. Treasury securities. Some of the financial instruments in which we invest subject us to market
risk, in that a change in prevailing interest rates may cause the principal amount of the instrument to fluctuate. Other financial
instruments in which we invest subject us to credit risk, in that the value of the instrument may fluctuate based on the issuer’s
ability to pay.

The primary objectives of our investment activities are to maintain liquidity and preserve principal while

maximizing the income we receive from our financial instruments without significantly increasing risk. We have established
guidelines regarding approved investments and maturities of investments, which are primarily designed to maintain liquidity
and preserve principal.

Because of the short-term maturities of our financial instruments, we do not believe that an increase or decrease in
market interest rates would have any significant impact on the realized value of our investment portfolio. If a 10% change in
interest rates were to have occurred on December 31, 2019, this change would not have had a material effect on the fair value
of our investment portfolio as of that date.

67

Our operations are primarily located in the United States, and nearly all of our sales since inception have been made
in U.S. dollars. With the exception of a portion of our sales in Canada, our sales outside of the United States are currently made
to independent distributors under agreements denominated in U.S. dollars. Accordingly, we believe we do not currently have
any material exposure to foreign currency rate fluctuations. As our business in markets outside of the United States increases,
we may be exposed to foreign currency exchange risk. We believe this is currently limited to our operations in Canada, where
fluctuations in the rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and the Canadian dollar could adversely affect our financial results.
In addition, from time to time, we may have foreign currency exchange risk related to existing assets and liabilities, committed
transactions and forecasted future cash flows. In certain circumstances, we may seek to manage such foreign currency
exchange risk by using derivative instruments such as foreign currency exchange forward contracts to hedge our risk. In
general, we may hedge foreign currency exchange exposures up to 12 months in advance. However, we may choose not to
hedge some exposures for a variety of reasons, including prohibitive economic costs.

68

Item 8.

Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for each of the three years in the

period ended December 31, 2019, and the Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are included in this
report as listed in the index.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018

.........................................................................................................
...............................................................................................
....

70

72

73

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the Years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the Years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

...............

74

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

............................................
................................................................................................................................

75

76

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

69

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. (the “Company”) as of
December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity
(deficit), and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 and the related notes (collectively
referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and
its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in
Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(2013 framework), and our report dated February 24, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Adoption of ASU No. 2016-02

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for leases in 2019
due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), and the related amendments.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to
error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included
examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included
evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that
was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that
are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The
communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken
as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit
matter or on the account or disclosure to which it relates.

70

Description of the
Matter

Warranty reserve - Estimation of Product Replacement Reserve
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has a warranty reserve of $16.7
million. The Company provides insulin pump end customers with a four-year warranty and may replace any
pumps that do not function in accordance with the product specifications. Warranty costs are estimated at the time
of shipment. Management applies significant judgment to determine relevant assumptions to calculate the reserve,
including the assessment of historical warranty experience and replacement cost.

Auditing management’s warranty reserve on pumps was complex and judgmental due to the significant
estimation required by management in determining the value of the warranty reserve. In particular, the warranty
reserve estimate is sensitive due to significant assumptions including replacement rates and replacement product
costs, especially as it relates to recently released pump versions for which replacement rates specific to that
version are not yet known. As such, replacement rates of recently released pumps are based primarily upon
historical rates of prior versions which ultimately may not be predictive of the experience of new pumps, due to
new features and capabilities of the more recent releases. These assumptions are affected by actual customer
experience and changes in these assumptions could have a material impact on the Company’s estimated reserve.
This in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and
evaluating audit evidence related to management’s significant assumptions in determining the warranty reserve.

How We
Addressed the
Matter in Our
Audit

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of the Company’s
controls over the warranty reserve estimation process. For example, we tested controls over management's review
and calculation of significant assumptions underlying the warranty reserve, such as replacement rates and actual
replacement product costs, and tested controls over the accuracy and completeness of data used.

To test the Company’s warranty reserve, we performed audit procedures that included, among others, testing the
completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used in the estimation calculation and evaluated the
appropriateness of management’s methodology to calculate the warranty reserve. We also evaluated the
reasonableness of management’s significant assumptions related to replacement rates and replacement cost,
including review for contrary evidence. Evaluating management’s significant assumptions involved evaluating
the historical claims data utilized by management in estimating both the replacement rates and costs of known
and anticipated claims. We assessed the historical accuracy of management’s estimates by performing a lookback
analysis and performing sensitivity analyses of the significant assumptions to evaluate the impact of changes in
the warranty reserve that would result from changes in the assumptions. We tested the mathematical accuracy of
the warranty reserve calculation and obtained documentation and performed inquiries of Company management
to evaluate the completeness of the Company’s estimate. In addition, for revisions made to the estimated reserve,
we evaluated the reasonableness of the subsequent changes by comparing the revised assumptions to the original
estimated assumptions and evaluated the reasons for the subsequent change.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2009

San Diego, CA

February 24, 2020

71

TANDEM DIABETES CARE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands except par values)

Assets

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Short-term investments

Accounts receivable, net

Inventories, net

Prepaid and other current assets

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net

Operating lease right-of-use assets

Other long-term assets
Total assets
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable

Accrued expenses

Employee-related liabilities

Deferred revenue

Common stock warrants

Operating lease liabilities

Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Operating lease liabilities - long-term

Other long-term liabilities

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)

Stockholders’ equity:

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 200,000 shares authorized, 59,396 and 57,554 shares issued
and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

Additional paid-in capital

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

Accumulated deficit

Total stockholders’ equity

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

December 31,

2019

2018

$

51,175

$

$

$

125,283

46,585

49,073

4,025

276,141

32,923

15,561

1,485
326,110

$

17,745

$

8,014

28,320

3,869

23,509

6,320

11,619

99,396

14,063

17,672

131,131

—

59

41,826

87,201

35,193

19,896

3,769

187,885

17,151

—

1,258
206,294

6,824

3,930

24,030

4,600

17,926

—

8,978

66,288

—

8,731

75,019

—

57

819,626

122
(624,828)
194,979

731,306
(13)
(600,075)
131,275

$

326,110

$

206,294

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

72

TANDEM DIABETES CARE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(In thousands, except per share data)

Sales

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Selling, general and administrative

Research and development

Total operating expenses

Operating loss

Other income (expense), net:

Interest and other income

Interest and other expense
Loss on extinguishment of debt

Change in fair value of common stock warrants

Total other expense, net

Loss before income taxes

Income tax expense

Net loss

Other comprehensive loss:

Unrealized gain (loss) on short-term investments

Foreign currency translation gain

Comprehensive loss

Net loss per share - basic and diluted

Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per

share

Year Ended December 31,

$

2019
362,305

168,093

194,212

2018
183,866

$

2017
107,601

$

94,044

89,822

63,507

44,094

165,735

45,199

210,934
(16,722)

3,271
(78)
—
(11,075)
(7,882)
(24,604)
149
(24,753) $

105,226

29,227

134,453
(44,631)

1,462
(7,584)
(5,313)
(66,494)
(77,929)
(122,560)
51

(122,611) $

77

$

58
(24,618) $

(13) $
—

(122,624) $

86,377

20,661

107,038
(62,944)

239
(11,341)
—

1,021
(10,081)
(73,025)
8
(73,033)

1

—
(73,032)

(0.42) $

(2.55) $

(12.87)

58,507

48,129

5,677

$

$

$

$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

73

TANDEM DIABETES CARE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(In thousands)

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Accumulated
Deficit

Total
Stockholders’
Equity (Deficit)

Balance at December 31, 2016

Exercise of stock options

Issuance of common stock in public offering, net
of underwriter’s discount and offering costs

Issuance of common stock warrants in
connection with term loan

Issuance of common stock for Employee Stock
Purchase Plan

Stock-based compensation

Unrealized gain on short-term investments

Net loss

Balance at December 31, 2017

Exercise of stock options

Exercise of common stock warrants

Issuance of common stock in public offering, net
of underwriter’s discount and offering costs

Fair value of common stock warrants at time of
exercise

Issuance of common stock for Employee Stock
Purchase Plan

Stock-based compensation

Unrealized loss on short-term investments

Adjustment to retained earnings from adoption of
ASC 606

Net loss

Balance at December 31, 2018

Exercise of stock options

Exercise of common stock warrants

Fair value of common stock warrants at time of
exercise

Issuance of common stock for Employee Stock
Purchase Plan

Stock-based compensation

Unrealized gain on short-term investments, net of
deferred tax

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Net loss

3,110

$

24

6,946

—

39

—

—

—

10,119

$

136

8,603

38,535

—

81

80

—

—

—

57,554

$

1,422

93

—

327

—

—

—

—

Balance at December 31, 2019

59,396

$

3

—

7

—

—

—

—

—

10

—

9

38

—

—

—

—

—

—

57

1

—

—

1

—

—

—

—

59

$

398,651

$

(1) $

(404,580) $

270

33,346

3,331

300

12,557

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(73,033)

$

448,455

$

— $

(477,613) $

1,027

29,566

172,891

54,000

1,364

24,003

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(13)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

149

(5,927)

270

33,353

3,331

300

12,557

1

(73,033)

(29,148)

1,027

29,575

172,929

54,000

1,364

24,003

(13)

149

(122,611)

(122,611)

$

731,306

$

(13) $

(600,075) $

17,674

327

5,492

6,205

58,622

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

77

58

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(24,753)

$

819,626

$

122

$

(624,828) $

131,275

17,675

327

5,492

6,206

58,622

77

58

(24,753)

194,979

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

74

TANDEM DIABETES CARE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

Operating Activities

Net loss

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization expense

Interest expense related to amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs

Payment in kind interest accrual of notes payable

Provision for allowance for doubtful accounts

Provision for inventories reserve

Change in fair value of common stock warrants

Amortization of premium (discount) on short-term investments

Stock-based compensation expense

Loss on extinguishment of debt

Other

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable, net

Inventories, net

Prepaid and other current assets

Other long-term assets

Accounts payable

Accrued expenses

Employee-related liabilities

Deferred revenue

Other current liabilities

Other long-term liabilities

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
Investing Activities

Purchases of short-term investments

Proceeds from maturities of short-term investments

Proceeds from sales of short-term investments

Purchases of property and equipment

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
Financing Activities

Principal payments on notes payable

Proceeds from public offerings, net of offering costs

Proceeds from issuance of common stock under Company stock plans

Proceeds from exercise of common stock warrants

Net cash provided by financing activities

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

Interest paid

Income taxes paid
Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease obligations

Lease incentive - lessor-paid tenant improvements

Property and equipment included in accounts payable

Debt discount included in other long-term liabilities

Common stock warrants issued in connection with term loan

Unsettled purchase of investments classified as cash equivalents in other current liabilities

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

$

(24,753) $

(122,611) $

(73,033)

6,072

—

—

2,322

2,353

11,075

(565)

58,071

(321)

(13,698)

(30,975)

(584)

(580)

8,910

4,076

4,285

4,589

4,216

7,412

5,821

1,721

—

1,448

607

66,494

539

23,736

5,313

152

(15,848)

6,756

(1,576)

(26)

1,641

1,097

9,542

2,074

2,434

2,367

6,866

1,883

1,657

824

26

(1,021)

(16)

12,628

—

159

(10,445)

(5,894)

1,831

4

(1,953)

1,203

3,873

(3,906)

(432)

(390)

41,905

(8,319)

(66,136)

(164,572)

114,908

12,250

(19,541)

(56,955)

—

—

23,880

327

24,207

191

9,348

41,826

51,174

$

— $

67

11,635

$

$

— $

2,134

$

— $

— $

— $

(123,553)

35,800

—

(2,986)

(90,739)

(87,711)

172,929

2,391

29,575

117,184

—

18,126

23,700

41,826

10,805

16

$

$

$

— $

13

125

$

$

— $

— $

1,708

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

—

8,500

—

(5,718)

2,782

—

39,806

570

—

40,376

—

(22,978)

46,678

23,700

7,876

22

—

3,292

92

4,137

3,331

—

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

75

TANDEM DIABETES CARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Organization and Basis of Presentation

The Company

Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. is a medical device company with an innovative approach to the design, development

and commercialization of products for people with insulin-dependent diabetes. The Company is incorporated in the state of
Delaware. Unless the context requires otherwise, the terms the “Company” or “Tandem” refer to Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.,
together with its wholly-owned subsidiary in Canada.

The Company manufactures, sells and supports insulin pump products that are designed to address the evolving
needs and preferences of differentiated segments of the insulin-dependent diabetes market. The Company’s manufacturing,
sales and support activities principally focus on the t:slim X2 Insulin Delivery System (t:slim X2), the Company’s flagship
pump platform which is capable of remote feature updates and is designed to display continuous glucose monitoring (CGM)
sensor information directly on the pump home screen. The Company’s insulin pump products are compatible with the Tandem
Device Updater, a Mac and PC-compatible tool for the remote update of the Company's insulin pump software. The Company’s
insulin pump products are generally considered durable medical equipment and have an expected lifespan of at least four years.
In addition to insulin pumps, the Company sells disposable products that are used together with the pumps and are replaced
every few days, including cartridges for storing and delivering insulin, and infusion sets that connect the insulin pump to a
user’s body.

The Company has commercially launched seven insulin pumps in the United States since 2012 and two pumps
outside the United States since 2018. Four of the insulin pumps have featured CGM technology, and two have featured an
automated insulin delivery (AID) algorithm. In June 2018, the t:slim X2 was the first insulin pump designated as compatible
with integrated CGM (known as iCGM) devices; in February 2019, the t:slim X2 was the first in a new device category called
Alternate Controller Enabled Infusion Pumps (ACE pumps); and in December 2019, Control-IQ technology for the t:slim X2
insulin pump was the first automated insulin dosing software in a new interoperable automated glycemic controller category.
The Company believes that the three new classifications by the United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for the
interoperability of devices for AID will help support continued rapid innovation by streamlining the regulatory pathway for
integrated products.

The consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report have been prepared on a basis that assumes
that the Company will continue as a going concern, and do not include any adjustments that may result from the outcome of
this uncertainty. This basis of accounting contemplates the recovery of the Company’s assets and the satisfaction of the
Company’s liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business and does not include any adjustments to reflect the
possible future effects of the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or amounts and classification of
liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $176.5 million in cash and cash equivalents and short-term
investments. The Company has incurred operating losses since its inception and had an accumulated deficit $624.8 million as
of December 31, 2019, which included a net loss of $24.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Management believes
that cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments on hand will be sufficient to satisfy the Company’s liquidity
requirements for at least the next 12 months from the date of this filing.

The Company’s ability to execute on its business strategy, meet its future liquidity requirements, and achieve and

maintain profitable operations, is dependent on a number of factors, including its ability to continue to gain market acceptance
of its products and achieve a level of revenues adequate to support its cost structure, achieve renewal pump sales objectives,
develop and launch new products, expand the commercialization of products into new international markets, maximize
manufacturing efficiencies, satisfy increasing production requirements, leverage the investments made in its sales, clinical,
marketing and customer support organizations, and operate its business and manufacture and sell products without infringing
on third party intellectual property rights.

76

The Company has funded its operations primarily through private and public offerings of equity securities, and

through debt financing which has since been fully repaid. The Company may in the future seek additional capital from public
or private offerings of equity or debt securities, or it may elect to borrow capital under new credit arrangements or from other
sources. If the Company issues equity or debt securities to raise additional funds, its existing stockholders may experience
dilution, it may incur significant financing or debt service costs, and the new equity or debt securities may have rights,
preferences and privileges senior to those of its existing stockholders. There can be no assurance that equity or debt financing
will be available on acceptable terms, or at all.

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The Company has prepared the accompanying consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting

principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP. The statements include the accounts of Tandem
Diabetes Care, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary in Canada. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have
been eliminated in consolidation.

The functional currency of our foreign subsidiary is the local currency. We translate the financial statements of our

foreign subsidiary into U.S. dollars using period-end exchange rates for assets and liabilities and average exchange rates for
each period for revenue, costs and expenses. Translation related adjustments are included in comprehensive loss and in
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the equity section of our consolidated balance sheets. Foreign exchange
gains or losses resulting from balances denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are recognized in interest
and other income or interest and other expense in our consolidated statements of operations.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications of prior year amounts related to the presentation of patents and long-term deferred rent on
the consolidated balance sheet, and deferred rent on the consolidated statements of cash flows, have been made to conform to
the current year presentation.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

There have been no material changes to the Company's significant accounting policies during the year ended

December 31, 2019, as compared to those disclosed in this Annual Report other than adoption of the new lease accounting
standard effective January 1, 2019 (see Note 5, ''Leases'').

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to

make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure
of contingent assets and liabilities in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes as of the date of
the consolidated financial statements. Some of those judgments can be subjective and complex, and therefore, actual results
could differ materially from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Segment Reporting

Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which discrete financial information is

available for evaluation by the chief operating decision-maker (CODM) in making decisions regarding resource allocation and
assessing performance. The Company is organized based on its current product portfolio, which consists primarily of insulin
pumps, disposable cartridges and infusion sets for the storage and delivery of insulin. The Company views its operations and
manages its business as one segment as key operating decisions and resource allocations are made by the CODM using
consolidated financial data.

Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less from the date of

purchase and that can be liquidated without prior notice or penalty to be cash equivalents.

77

Short-Term Investments

The Company’s short-term investments are classified as available-for-sale securities. Such securities are carried at

fair value as determined by prices for identical or similar securities at the balance sheet date. The Company’s short-term
investments consist of Level 1 and Level 2 financial instruments in the fair value hierarchy. The net unrealized gains or losses
on available-for-sale securities are reported as a component of other comprehensive loss within the statements of operations
and accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss) as a separate component of stockholders’ equity on the consolidated balance
sheets. The Company determines the realized gains or losses of available-for-sale securities using the specific identification
method and includes net realized gains and losses as a component of other income or expense within the consolidated
statements of operations. The Company periodically reviews available-for-sale securities for other than temporary declines in
fair value below the cost basis whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may
not be recoverable. To date, the Company has not identified any other than temporary declines in fair value of its short-term
investments.

Accounts Receivable

The Company grants credit to various customers in the ordinary course of business and is paid directly by customers

who use the products, distributors and third-party insurance payors. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful
accounts for potential credit losses. Provisions are made based on historical experience, assessment of specific risk, review of
outstanding invoices, and various assumptions and estimates that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.
Uncollectible accounts are written off against the allowance after appropriate collection efforts have been exhausted and when
it is deemed that a balance is uncollectible.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash,

cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable. The Company maintains deposit accounts in federally
insured financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits. The Company also maintains investments in money market
funds that are not federally insured. Additionally, the Company has established guidelines regarding investment instruments
and their maturities, which are designed to maintain preservation of principal and liquidity.

The following table summarizes customers who accounted for 10% or more of accounts receivable, net:

Byram Healthcare

CCS Medical, Inc.

December 31,

2019

2018

20.4%

10.1%

15.5%

10.1%

The following table summarizes customers who accounted for 10% or more of sales for the periods presented:

Byram Healthcare

RGH Enterprises, Inc.

CCS Medical

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

15.4%

14.8%

N/A

15.6%

19.4%

N/A

14.0%

21.5%

10.3%

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and

employee-related liabilities are reasonable estimates of their fair values because of the short-term nature of these assets and
liabilities. Short-term investments are carried at fair value. The Company believes the fair value of its operating lease
liabilities at December 31, 2019 approximated their carrying value, based on the borrowing rates that were available for loans
with similar terms as of that date. The estimated fair value of certain of the Company’s common stock warrants was determined
using the Black-Scholes pricing model as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 (see Note 4, "Fair Value Measurements").

78

Valuation of Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value, determined by the first-in, first-out method.

Inventory is recorded using standard cost, including material, labor and overhead costs. The Company periodically reviews
inventories for potential impairment and adjusts inventory for potentially excess or obsolete goods to state inventories at their
net realizable value. Factors influencing these adjustments include quantities on hand and firm purchase commitments,
expectations of future use, judgments based on quality control testing data and assessments of the likelihood of scrapping or
obsoleting certain inventories based on future demand for its products and market conditions.

Long-Lived Assets

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, which primarily consist of office furniture and equipment, manufacturing equipment,
scientific equipment, computer equipment, and leasehold improvements, are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation.
Property and equipment are depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three to seven years, using the
straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the
remaining lease term. Maintenance and repair costs are expensed as incurred.

Operating Lease Right-of-Use Assets and Liabilities

Lease right-of-use assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities

represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease right-of-use assets and liabilities are
recognized when the Company takes possession of the leased property (the Commencement Date) based on the present value of
lease payments over the lease term. Rent expense on noncancelable leases containing known future scheduled rent increases is
recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the respective leases beginning on the Commencement Date. The difference
between rent expense and rent paid is accounted for as a component of operating lease right-of-use assets on the Company’s
consolidated balance sheet. Landlord improvement allowances and other such lease incentives are recorded as property and
equipment and as reduction of the right-of-use leased assets, and are amortized on a straight-line basis as a reduction to
operating lease costs. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are expensed as incurred and are not recorded as right-of-
use assets on the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 5, "Leases").

Patents

Costs associated with the purchase or licensing of patents associated with the Company’s commercialized products
are capitalized. The Company reviews its capitalized patent costs periodically to determine that they have future value and an
alternative future use. Costs related to patents that the Company is not actively pursuing for commercial purposes are expensed.
The Company amortizes patent costs over the lesser of the duration of the patent term or the estimated useful lives of 10 years,
beginning with the date the patents are issued or acquired.

The Company periodically re-evaluates the original assumptions and rationale utilized in the establishment of the
carrying value and estimated lives of all of its long-lived assets, including property and equipment and acquired patents. The
determinants used for this evaluation include management’s estimate of the asset’s ability to generate positive income from
operations and positive cash flow in future periods as well as the strategic significance of the asset to the Company’s business
objective. The Company has not recognized any impairment losses through December 31, 2019.

Research and Development Costs

All research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred. Such costs include personnel-related costs,

including stock-based compensation, supplies, license fees, development prototypes, outside design and testing services,
depreciation, allocated facilities and information services, clinical trial costs, milestone payments under the Company’s
development and commercialization agreements and other indirect costs.

Income Taxes

The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred income tax assets or

liabilities are recognized based on the temporary differences between financial statement and income tax bases of assets and
liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Tax law and rate
changes are reflected in income in the period such changes are enacted. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more
likely than not that some of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company includes interest and penalties related to
income taxes, including unrecognized tax benefits, within income tax expense.

79

The Company’s income tax returns are based on calculations and assumptions that are subject to examination by the
Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. In addition, the calculation of the Company’s tax liabilities involves dealing
with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. The Company recognizes liabilities for uncertain tax positions
based on a two-step process. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of
available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of
related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more
than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. While the Company believes it has appropriate support for the positions
taken on its tax returns, the Company regularly assesses the potential outcomes of examinations by tax authorities in
determining the adequacy of its provision for income taxes. The Company continually assesses the likelihood and amount of
potential revisions and adjusts the income tax provision, income taxes payable and deferred taxes in the period in which the
facts that give rise to a revision become known.

Significant judgment is required in determining the Company’s provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and

liabilities and the valuation allowance recorded against net deferred tax assets. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined
using the enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which those tax assets are expected to be realized. A valuation allowance is
established when it is more likely than not the future realization of all or some of the deferred tax assets will not be achieved.
The evaluation of the need for a valuation allowance is performed on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis, and includes a review
of all available positive and negative evidence. Factors reviewed include projections of pre-tax book income for the foreseeable
future, determination of cumulative pre-tax book income after permanent differences, earnings history, and reliability of
forecasting. The Company will continue to assess the need for a valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets by evaluating
both positive and negative evidence that may exist. Any adjustment to the net deferred tax asset valuation allowance would be
recorded in the statement of operations for the period that the adjustment is determined to be required.

The Company is required to file federal and state income tax returns in the United States and various other state

jurisdictions and, starting with 2018, a corporation income tax return in Canada. The preparation of these income tax returns
requires the Company to interpret the applicable tax laws and regulations in effect in such jurisdictions, which could affect the
amount of tax paid by the Company. An amount is accrued for the estimate of additional tax liability, including interest and
penalties, for any uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return. The Company reviews and
updates the accrual for uncertain tax positions as more definitive information becomes available. For further information, see
Note 7, "Income Taxes."

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is generated primarily from sales of insulin pumps, disposable cartridges and infusion sets to individual

customers and third-party distributors that resell the products to insulin-dependent diabetes customers.

In January 2018, the Company adopted the Revenue from Contracts with Customers Standard which superseded
existing revenue guidance under U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. Pursuant to the Revenue from
Contracts with Customers Standard’s core principle, subsequent to January 1, 2018, the Company recognizes revenue when it
transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to
be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The Company elected to implement this new standard utilizing the modified
retrospective method. Under this approach, the Company applied the new standard to all new contracts initiated on or after the
effective date, and for contracts which had remaining obligations as of the effective date the Company recorded an adjustment
to the opening balance of accumulated deficit. The accounting for the significant majority of the Company’s revenues was not
impacted by the new guidance. On January 1, 2018, the Company recorded a net reduction to accumulated deficit in the amount
of $149,000, to reflect the impact of the accounting change. Prior to the implementation of this new standard, revenue was
recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement existed, delivery had occurred and title passed, the price was fixed or
determinable, and collectability was reasonably assured.

80

Revenue Recognition for Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables

The Company considers the individual deliverables in its product offering as separate performance obligations. The

transaction price is determined based on the consideration expected to be received, based either on the stated value in
contractual arrangements or the estimated cash to be collected in non-contracted arrangements. The Company allocates the
consideration to the individual performance obligations and recognizes the consideration based on when the performance
obligation is satisfied, considering whether or not this occurs at a point in time or over time. Generally, insulin pumps,
cartridges, infusion sets and accessories are deemed performance obligations that are satisfied at a point in time when the
customer obtains control of the promised good, which is upon delivery. Complementary products, such as the t:connect cloud-
based data management application and the Tandem Device Updater, are considered performance obligations that are satisfied
over time, as access and support for these products is provided throughout the typical four-year warranty period of the insulin
pumps. Accordingly, revenue related to the complementary products is deferred and recognized ratably over a four-year period.
There is no standalone value for these complementary products. Therefore, the Company determines their value by applying
the expected cost plus a margin approach and then allocates the residual to the insulin pumps. At December 31, 2019 and 2018,
deferred revenue for these performance obligations that are satisfied over time was $3.5 million and $4.3 million, respectively,
classified as current deferred revenue. At December 31, 2019, $5.7 million was classified as non-current deferred revenue
which is included in other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

Sales Returns

The Company offers a 30-day right of return to its customers from the date of shipment of any of its insulin pumps,
provided a physician’s confirmation of the medical reason for the return is received. Estimated allowances for sales returns are
based on historical returned quantities as compared to pump shipments in those same periods of return. The return rate is then
applied to the sales of the current period to establish a reserve at the end of the period. The return rates used in the reserve are
adjusted for known or expected changes in the marketplace when appropriate. The allowance for sales returns is recorded as a
reduction of revenue and an increase in deferred revenue in the period in which the related sale is recorded. The amount
recorded in deferred revenue on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets for allowances for sales returns was $0.4 million
and $0.3 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Actual product returns have not differed materially from
estimated amounts reserved in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Warranty Reserve

The Company generally provides a four-year warranty on its insulin pumps to end user customers and may replace
any pumps that do not function in accordance with the product specifications. Insulin pumps returned to the Company may be
refurbished and redeployed. Additionally, the Company offers a six-month warranty on disposable cartridges and infusion sets.
Estimated warranty costs are recorded at the time of shipment. We evaluate the reserve quarterly. Warranty costs are primarily
estimated based on the current expected product replacement cost and expected replacement rates utilizing historical
experience. Recently released versions of the pump may not incur warranty costs in a manner similar to previously released
pumps, on which the Company initially bases its warranty estimate of newer pumps. The Company may make further
adjustments to the warranty reserve when deemed appropriate, giving additional consideration to length of time the pump
version has been in the field and future expectations of performance based on new features and capabilities that may become
available through Tandem Device Updater.

81

At December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the warranty reserve was $16.7 million and $9.1 million,

respectively. The following table provides a reconciliation of the change in estimated warranty liabilities for the years ended
December 31, 2019 and 2018:

(in thousands)
Balance at beginning of the year

Provision for warranties issued during the period

Settlements made during the period
Increase (decrease) in warranty estimates
Balance at end of the year

Current portion

Non-current portion

Total

Stock-Based Compensation

December 31,

2019

2018

$

$

$

$

9,138

$

18,335
(10,167)
(582)
16,724

4,707

12,017

16,724

$

$

$

5,640

9,617
(7,797)
1,678

9,138

4,206

4,932

9,138

Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the estimated fair value of the award, and the
portion that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as compensation expense over the requisite service period on a straight-
line basis. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options issued under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2013
Stock Incentive Plan (2013 Plan) and the fair value of the employees’ purchase rights under the Company’s 2013 Employee
Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model on the date of grant. The Black-Scholes option-
pricing model requires the use of assumptions about a number of variables, including stock price volatility, expected term,
dividend yield and risk-free interest rate. For awards that vest based on the achievement of service conditions, the Company
recognizes expense using the straight-line method less estimated forfeitures based on historical experience.

Common Stock Warrant Liabilities

The Company accounts for certain stock warrants as a liability in the consolidated financial statements when they
contain a provision within the warrant contracts that could require cash settlement in the event the Company did not have an
active registration statement. The fair value of these common stock warrants is remeasured at each financial reporting period
with any changes in fair value being recognized as a component of other income (expense) in the accompanying statements of
operations and comprehensive loss.

Advertising Costs

The Company expenses advertising costs as they are incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and

2017, advertising costs were $0.9 million, $0.9 million, and $1.1 million, respectively.

Shipping and Handling Expenses

Shipping and handling expenses associated with product delivery are included within cost of sales in the Company’s

statements of operations. Amounts billed to a customer for shipping and handling are reported as revenues.

Comprehensive Loss

All components of comprehensive loss, including net loss, are reported in the consolidated financial statements in

the period in which they are recognized. Comprehensive loss is defined as the change in equity during a period from
transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources, including unrealized gains and losses on marketable
securities and foreign currency translation adjustments.

82

Net Loss Per Share

Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted average number of common shares

that were outstanding for the period, without consideration for common stock equivalents. Diluted loss per share is calculated
in accordance with the treasury stock method and reflects the potential dilution that would occur if securities or other contracts
to issue common stock were exercised or converted to common stock. Dilutive common share equivalents are comprised of
warrants, potential awards granted pursuant to the ESPP, and stock options outstanding under the Company’s equity incentive
plans. For warrants that are recorded as a liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, the calculation of diluted
loss per share requires that, to the extent the average market price of the underlying shares for the reporting period exceeds the
exercise price of the warrants and the presumed exercise of the warrants is dilutive to loss per share for the period, an
adjustment is made to net loss used in the calculation to remove the change in fair value of the warrants from the numerator for
the period. Likewise, an adjustment to the denominator is required to reflect the related dilutive shares, if any, under the
treasury stock method. For the annual periods ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, there is no difference in the number
of shares used to calculate basic and diluted shares outstanding due to the Company’s net loss position (see Note 11, "Selected
Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)" for further details).

Potentially dilutive securities not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share (because inclusion would

be anti-dilutive) are as follows (in common stock equivalent shares, in thousands):

Warrants to purchase common stock

Options to purchase common stock

Awards granted under the ESPP

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

611

5,619

5

6,235

705

3,477

4

4,186

—

—

—

—

Accounting Pronouncements Issued and Not Yet Adopted

In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No.
2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which
modifies the measurement and recognition of credit losses for most financial assets and certain other instruments. The new
standard requires the use of forward-looking expected credit loss models based on historical experience, current conditions, and
reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount, which may result in earlier
recognition of credit losses under the new standard. The new standard also requires that credit losses related to available-for-
sale debt securities be recorded as an allowance through net income (loss) rather than reducing the carrying amount under the
current, other-than-temporary-impairment model. The standard is effective for public business entities for annual periods
beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those years. The Company will implement the new standard in
the first quarter of 2020, and does not expect the adoption to have a material financial impact on its consolidated financial
statements based on current economic conditions, its outstanding accounts receivable, and the composition and credit quality of
its short-term investments.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement: Disclosure Framework – Changes to

the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which adds and modifies certain disclosure requirements for fair
value measurements. Under the new guidance, entities will no longer be required to disclose the amount of and reasons for
transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, or valuation processes for Level 3 fair value measurements.
However, public companies will be required to disclose the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used
to develop Level 3 fair value measurements, and related changes in unrealized gains and losses included in other
comprehensive income. The updated guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim
periods within those periods, with early adoption permitted. The Company will implement the updated guidance in the first
quarter of 2020, which will modify certain fair value measurement disclosures primarily related to our Level 3 liabilities.

3. Financial Statement Information

Short-Term Investments

The Company invests in marketable securities, principally debt instruments of the U.S. Government, financial

institutions and corporations with strong credit ratings. The following represents a summary of the estimated fair value of short-
term investments at December 31, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands):

83

At December 31, 2019
Available-for-sale securities:

Commercial paper

U.S. Government-sponsored enterprise

U.S. Treasury securities

Corporate debt securities

Total

Maturity
(in years)

Amortized
Cost

Unrealized
Gain

Unrealized
Loss

Estimated
Fair Value

Less than 1

$

24,147

$

Less than 2

Less than 2

Less than 2

33,073

17,963

50,011

$

125,194

$

10

26

17

42

95

$

$

— $

—
(1)
(5)
(6) $

24,157

33,099

17,979

50,048

125,283

At December 31, 2018
Available-for-sale securities:

Commercial paper

U.S. Treasury securities

Corporate debt securities
Total

Maturity
(in years)

Amortized
Cost

Unrealized
Gain

Unrealized
Loss

Estimated
Fair Value

Less than 1

$

53,559

$

— $

Less than 1

Less than 1

17,937

15,718

$

87,214

$

—

12

12

$

(22) $
(2)
(1)
(25) $

53,537

17,935

15,729

87,201

The Company has classified all marketable securities, regardless of maturity, as short-term investments based upon

the Company's ability and intent to use any and all of those marketable securities to satisfy the Company's current liquidity
requirements.

The Company periodically reviews the portfolio of available-for-sale debt securities to determine if any investment

is other-than-temporarily impaired due to changes in credit risk or other potential valuation concerns. The Company believes
that the short-term investments held at December 31, 2019 were not other-than-temporarily impaired. Unrealized losses on
available-for-sale debt securities at that date were not significant and were due to changes in interest rates, including credit
spreads, and not due to increased credit risks associated with specific securities. The Company does not intend to sell the
available-for-sale debt securities that are in an unrealized loss position, and it is not more likely than not that the Company will
be required to sell these debt securities before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be at maturity.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consisted of the following (in thousands):

Accounts receivable

Less allowance for doubtful accounts

Accounts receivable, net

December 31,

2019

2018

$

$

49,889
(3,304)
46,585

$

$

37,030
(1,837)
35,193

84

The following table provides a reconciliation of the change in estimated allowance for doubtful accounts for the

years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (in thousands):

Balance at December 31, 2016

Provision for doubtful accounts

Write-offs and adjustments, net of recoveries

Balance at December 31, 2017

Provision for doubtful accounts

Write-offs and adjustments, net of recoveries

Balance at December 31, 2018

Provision for doubtful accounts

Write-offs and adjustments, net of recoveries

Balance at December 31, 2019

Inventories

Inventories consisted of the following at (in thousands):

Raw materials

Work-in-process

Finished goods

Inventories, net

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following at (in thousands):

Leasehold improvements

Computer equipment and software

Office furniture and equipment

Manufacturing and scientific equipment

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

Property and equipment, net

Allowance for
Doubtful
Accounts

$

$

$

$

735

824
(524)
1,035

1,448
(646)
1,837

2,322
(855)
3,304

December 31,

2019

2018

$

$

20,699

$

16,532

11,842

49,073

$

6,622

2,710

10,564

19,896

December 31,

2019

2018

$

13,100

$

11,313

9,899

6,367

33,422

62,788
(29,865)
32,923

$

8,745

4,415

18,306

42,779
(25,628)
17,151

$

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment was $5.7 million, $5.5 million, and $6.5

million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

85

Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization

Intangible assets subject to amortization consist of patents purchased or licensed that are related to the Company’s

commercialized products. Capitalized patents at December 31, 2019 and 2018, which are included in other long-term assets on
the consolidated balance sheets, are as follows (in thousands):

Gross amount

Accumulated amortization

Patents, net

Weighted average remaining amortization

period (in months)

December 31,

2019

2018

$

$

3,247
(2,470)
777

$

$

3,247
(2,117)
1,130

30

42

Amortization expense related to intangible assets subject to amortization amounted to $0.3 million for each of the

years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017. The amortization expense is recorded in cost of sales in the consolidated
statement of operations. The estimated annual amortization is $0.3 million for annual periods 2020 and 2021, and $0.2 million
in 2022.

4. Fair Value Measurements

Authoritative guidance on fair value measurements defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for

measuring fair value, and expands disclosures for each major asset and liability category measured at fair value on either a
recurring or a nonrecurring basis. Fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or
paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based
measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.
As a basis for considering such assumptions, the authoritative guidance establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which
prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

Level 1: Observable inputs such as unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date

for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

Level 2:

Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly for substantially
the full term of the asset or liability.

Level 3: Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data and that are significant to the fair value of the assets
or liabilities, which require the reporting entity to develop its own valuation techniques that require input
assumptions.

The following table presents information about the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value

on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques
utilized by the Company to determine such fair value (in thousands):

Assets
Cash equivalents (1)
Commercial paper

U.S. Government-sponsored enterprise

U.S. Treasury securities

Corporate debt securities

Total assets
Liabilities

Common stock warrants

Total liabilities

Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2019

December 31,
2019

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

$

43,520

$

43,520

$

— $

—

—

17,979

—

24,157

33,099

—

50,048

61,499

$

107,304

$

—

—

—

—

—

—

— $

— $

— $

— $

23,509

23,509

24,157

33,099

17,979

50,048

168,803

23,509

23,509

$

$

$

$

$

$

86

Assets
Cash equivalents (1)
Commercial paper

U.S. Treasury securities
Corporate debt securities
Total assets
Liabilities

Common stock warrants

Total liabilities

Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2018

December 31,
2018

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

$

37,373

$

37,373

$

— $

53,537

17,935
15,729
124,574

17,926

17,926

$

$

$

$

$

$

—

17,935
—
55,308

$

53,537

—
15,729
69,266

$

—

—

—
—
—

— $

— $

— $

— $

17,926

17,926

(1) Generally, cash equivalents include money market funds and investments with a maturity of three months or less from

the date of purchase.

The Company’s Level 2 financial instruments are valued using market prices on less active markets with observable

valuation inputs such as interest rates and yield curves. The Company obtains the fair value of Level 2 financial instruments
from quoted market prices, calculated prices or quotes from third-party pricing services. The Company validates these prices
through independent valuation testing and review of portfolio valuations provided by the Company’s investment
managers. There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 securities during the years ended December 31, 2019 and
2018.

The Company's Level 3 liabilities at December 31, 2019 and 2018 included the Series A warrants issued by the

Company in connection with the public offering of common stock in October 2017. The Series A warrants have a term of five
years and initially provided holders the right to purchase 4,630,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price
of $3.50 per share. The Series A warrants were initially valued in the aggregate amount of $5.2 million on the date of issuance
utilizing a Black-Scholes pricing model.

The Company reassesses the fair value of the outstanding Series A warrants at each reporting date utilizing a Black-

Scholes pricing model. Inputs used in the pricing model include estimates of stock price volatility, expected warrant life and
risk-free interest rate. The Company develops its estimates based on publicly available historical data. The assumptions used to
estimate the fair values of the outstanding Series A warrants at December 31, 2019 and 2018 are presented below:

Risk-free interest rate

Expected dividend yield

Expected volatility

Expected term (in years)

Series A Warrants

December 31,
2019

December 31,
2018

1.6%

0.0%

77.2%

2.8

3.0%

0.0%

78.3%

3.8

The following table presents a summary of changes in fair value of the Company’s total Level 3 financial assets for

the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:

Balance at beginning of year

Increase in fair value included in change
in fair value of common stock warrants

Decrease in fair value from warrants exercised

during the period

Balance at end of year

2019

2018

$

17,926

$

5,432

11,075

66,494

(5,492)
23,509

$

(54,000)
17,926

$

87

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company issued 93,470 shares of common stock upon the exercise
of Series A warrants. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued 8,603,321 shares of common stock upon
the exercise of certain warrants issued in October 2017, and 13,450 warrants expired unexercised. As of December 31, 2019,
there were Series A warrants outstanding to purchase 417,315 shares of the Company's common stock (see Note 6,
"Stockholders' Equity").

5. Leases

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases. The new standard and its related amendments

(collectively referred to as ASC 842) requires lessees to recognize right-of-use assets and corresponding lease liabilities for all
leases with lease terms of greater than 12 months. It also changed the definition of a lease and expanded the disclosure
requirements of lease arrangements. In July 2018, the FASB added a transition option for implementation of the standard that
allowed companies to continue to use the legacy guidance in ASC 840, Leases, including its disclosure requirements, in the
comparative periods presented in the year of adoption. The new standard must be adopted using the modified retrospective
approach and was effective for the Company starting in the first quarter of fiscal 2019. The Company elected the transition
option and certain practical expedients, resulting in the recognition of right-of-use leased assets and corresponding operating
lease liabilities of $12.4 million on the consolidated balance sheet upon adoption of the standard as of January 1, 2019. The
Company did not restate prior periods. Deferred rent of $1.0 million and $3.8 million as of January 1, 2019 was reclassified
from other current liabilities and deferred rent long-term, respectively, to a reduction of the right-of-use leased assets in
connection with the adoption of the standard.

The Company's leases consist primarily of operating leases for general office space, laboratory, manufacturing and

warehouse facilities, and equipment. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheets.
The Company recognizes lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Because the Company's
leases do not provide an implicit interest rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information
available at the lease commencement date in determining the present value of future lease payments. The Company used the
incremental borrowing rate on January 1, 2019 for operating leases that commenced prior to that date. For lease agreements
entered into or reassessed after the adoption of ASC 842, the Company combines lease and non-lease components.

Certain leases include an option to renew, with renewal terms that can extend the lease term for additional periods.

The exercise of lease renewal options is at the Company's sole discretion. The depreciable life of assets and leasehold
improvements are limited by the expected lease term, unless there is a transfer of title or purchase option that is reasonably
certain to be exercised.

In January 2019, the Company entered into a lease agreement for approximately 25,332 square feet of additional
general administrative office space (Initial Premises) located at 10935 Vista Sorrento Parkway, San Diego, California (Vista
Sorrento Parkway Lease). The lease term for the Initial Premises commenced in March 2019 and expires in September 2022. In
May 2019, the Company entered into a First Amendment to the Vista Sorrento Parkway Lease (First Amendment) to expand the
leased premises by adding approximately 33,681 square feet of additional general administrative office space (Expansion
Space), and to extend the lease term for the Initial Premises through January 2023. The lease term for the Expansion Space
commenced in May 2019 and expires in January 2023. The Company has a one-time option to extend the term of the Vista
Sorrento Parkway Lease, covering both the Initial Premises and the Expansion Space, for a period of four years. The Company
recognized right-of-use leased assets and corresponding operating lease liabilities of $3.1 million on the consolidated balance
sheet related to the Initial Premises, and $4.7 million related to the First Amendment to the Vista Sorrento Parkway Lease.

In March 2019, the Company entered into a lease agreement for approximately 40,490 square feet of space located

at 6495 Marindustry Place, San Diego, California to house additional operations functions, including warehousing and shipping
(Marindustry Place Lease). The lease term commenced in May 2019 and expires in April 2026. The Company has a one-time
option to extend the term of the Marindustry Place Lease for a period of no less than three years and no more than five years.
The Company recognized right-of-use leased assets and corresponding operating lease liabilities of $3.4 million on the
consolidated balance sheet related to the Marindustry Place Lease.

The Company's total lease cost recorded in the consolidated statements of operations was $5.7 million for the year
ended December 31, 2019, which included $5.5 million of operating lease cost and $0.2 million of short-term lease cost. Rent
expense for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $2.6 million and $3.5 million, respectively. Cash paid for
amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities, representing operating cash flows from operating leases, was $4.3
million for the year ended December 31, 2019.

88

Maturities of operating lease liabilities at December 31, 2019 were as follows (in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,
2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

Thereafter

Total undiscounted lease payments

Less: amount representing interest

Present value of operating lease liabilities

Less: current portion of operating lease liabilities

Operating lease liabilities - long-term

$

$

6,320

7,100

5,880

2,232

695

883

23,110
(2,727)
20,383
(6,320)
14,063

As of December 31, 2019, the weighted average remaining lease term for operating leases was 3.6 years and the

weighted-average discount rate used to determine the operating lease liabilities was 6.6%.

In November 2019, the Company entered into a lease agreement for approximately 94,562 square feet of additional
general office space located in Boise, Idaho (Shoreline Lease). Subject to limited exceptions, the initial lease term is expected
to commence on the earlier of (i) the date on which the Company substantially completes certain specified work related to
tenant improvements, (ii) the date on which the Company commences use of the premises, or (iii) July 1, 2020 (the
Commencement Date), and will expire 84 months from the first day of the first full month following the Commencement Date.
The Company has a one-time option to extend the term of the Shoreline Lease for a period of three years. The Company
currently estimates that it will recognize right-of-use leased assets and corresponding operating lease liabilities of
approximately $6.6 million on the consolidated balance sheet upon the lease commencement in the first quarter of 2020. Future
minimum payments due under the Shoreline Lease are approximately $8.2 million.

6. Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

Public Offerings

In the first quarter of 2017, the Company completed a registered public offering of 1,850,000 shares of common
stock at a public offering price of $12.50 per share. The gross proceeds from the offering were approximately $23.1 million,
before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering expenses.

From July 2017 through September 2017, the Company sold 464,108 shares of common stock under our “at-the-

market” offering program at prices ranging from $5.64 to $10.54. The gross proceeds from the offering were $4.3 million,
before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering expenses.

In the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company completed the October Financing, pursuant to which it sold 4,630,000
shares of common stock, Series A warrants to purchase up to 4,630,000 shares of our common stock and Series B warrants to
purchase up to 4,630,000 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $3.50 per share and accompanying warrants
(October Financing). The gross proceeds from the October Financing were approximately $16.2 million, before deducting
underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering expenses.

In the first quarter of 2018, the Company completed a registered public offering of 34,500,000 shares of common

stock at a public offering price of $2.00 per share. The gross proceeds from the offering were approximately $69.0 million,
before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering expenses.

In the third quarter of 2018, the Company completed a public offering of 4,035,085 shares of common stock at a
public offering price of $28.50 per share. The gross proceeds to the Company from the offering were $115.0 million, before
deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering expenses payable by the Company.

89

Shares Reserved for Future Issuance

The following shares of the Company's common stock were reserved for future issuance at December 31, 2019 (in

thousands):

Shares underlying outstanding warrants

Shares underlying outstanding stock options

Shares authorized for future equity award grants

Shares authorized for issuance pursuant to awards granted under the ESPP

710

7,175

3,143

1,692
12,720

Common Stock Warrants

As of December 31, 2019, there were Series A warrants outstanding to purchase 417,315 shares of the Company's
common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share, which were issued in connection with the October 2017 Financing, and
which expire in October 2022. Also outstanding as of December 31, 2019, were warrants to purchase 193,788 shares of the
Company's common stock at an exercise price of $23.50 per share, which were issued in March 2017, and which expire in
March 2027 (see Note 8, ''Term Loan Agreement''), and warrants to purchase 98,965 shares of the Company's common stock at
an exercise price of $73.73 per share, which were issued between August 2011 and August 2012, and which expire between
August 2021 and August 2022.

The Company issued 93,470 and 8,603,321 shares of its common stock upon the exercise of warrants during the

years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Stock Plans

In September 2006, the Company adopted the Company’s 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (2006 Plan), under which, as
amended, 268,561 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance to employees, non-employee directors and consultants
of the Company. The 2006 Plan was closed in 2013 with the approval of the 2013 Plan and no further options will be granted
under the 2006 Plan.

In October 2013, the Company’s board of directors approved the 2013 Plan. The 2013 Plan became effective

immediately prior to the completion of the Company's initial public offering. An initial 480,900 shares of common stock were
reserved for issuance under the 2013 Plan. Under the 2013 Plan, the Company may grant stock options, stock appreciation
rights, restricted stock and restricted stock units to individuals who are then employees, officers, directors or consultants of the
Company. The 2013 Plan also included an “evergreen” provision, which automatically increased the shares available for
issuance January 1 of each year by 4% of common shares outstanding. Accordingly, the shares available for issuance under the
2013 Plan were increased by 404,776 shares and 124,382 shares on January 1, 2018 and 2017, respectively. In June 2018, the
Company received approval from its stockholders to increase the number of shares of common stock reserved under the 2013
Plan by 5,500,000 shares, and to remove the evergreen provision. In June 2019, the Company received approval from its
stockholders to increase the number of shares of its common stock reserved for issuance under the 2013 Plan by an additional
5,000,000 shares.

The Company issued 1,418,953 and 136,042 shares of its common stock, respectively, upon the exercise of stock

options during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

As of December 31, 2019, there were 3,142,690 shares were available for future issuance under the 2013 Plan, and

options to purchase 7,174,927 shares have been granted and are outstanding under the 2006 Plan and 2013 Plan.

Common Stock Options

The maximum term of stock options granted under the 2006 Plan and 2013 Plan is ten years. The options generally
vest 25% on the first anniversary of the original vesting date, with the balance vesting monthly over the remaining three years.

90

The following table summarizes stock option activities for the 2006 Plan and 2013 Plan:

Outstanding at December 31, 2017

Granted

Exercised

Canceled/forfeited/expired

Outstanding at December 31, 2018

Granted

Exercised

Canceled/forfeited/expired

Outstanding at December 31, 2019

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2019

Exercisable at December 31, 2019

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share

47.11

20.34

7.55

45.46

23.61

54.62

12.46

42.93

38.40

38.30

29.58

Total
Options
1,331,269

$

4,730,956
$
(136,042) $
(162,991) $
$
5,763,192

3,026,511
$
(1,418,953) $
(195,823) $
$
7,174,927

7,074,615

3,162,475

$

$

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)
8.08

8.94

8.45

8.44

7.75

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (in
thousands)

—

3,953

1,466

116,988

71,808

4,190

181,408

179,865

119,653

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

In October 2013, the Company adopted the ESPP, which enables eligible employees to purchase shares of the
Company’s common stock using their after-tax payroll deductions, subject to certain conditions. The ESPP is intended to
qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code. Eligible employees may
contribute, normally through payroll deductions, up to 15% of their earnings for the purchase of common stock under the ESPP.
The purchase price of common stock under the ESPP is the lesser of: (a) 85% of the fair market value of a share of the
Company’s common stock on the first date of an offering or (b) 85% of the fair market value of a share of the Company’s
common stock on the date of purchase. Generally, the ESPP consists of a two-year offering period with four six-month
purchase periods.

The ESPP initially authorized the issuance of 55,600 shares of common stock pursuant to purchase rights granted to

employees. The number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance increased on January 1 of each calendar year, from
January 1, 2014 through January 1, 2018, by the lesser of (a) one percent of the number of shares issued and outstanding on the
immediately preceding December 31, or (b) such lesser number of shares as determined by the Administrator. On January 1,
2018 and 2017, the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the ESPP was automatically increased by
31,096 and 101,194 shares, respectively. In June 2018, the Company received approval from its stockholders to
increase the number of shares reserved for issuance under the ESPP by 2,000,000 shares and to remove the evergreen
provision.

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, 329,072 shares and 80,581 shares of our common stock,

respectively, were purchased under the ESPP for proceeds of $6.2 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

The ESPP was previously suspended in May 2017 due to a lack of available shares. The suspension was accounted

for as a cancellation of an award with no consideration. The previously unrecognized compensation cost of $2.4 million was
expensed in 2017 as of the suspension date.

Stock-Based Compensation

In June 2019, the Company granted options to purchase 1,644,715 shares of common stock under the 2013 Plan,
which were originally awarded between February 2019 and June 2019, subject to and conditioned upon the approval by its
stockholders of an increase in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2013 Plan. In total, the
Company granted options to purchase 3,026,511 shares of common stock under the 2013 Plan during the year ended December
31, 2019. These options have an exercise price equal to the closing price of the Company's common stock on the applicable
award date, and generally vest as to 25% of the underlying shares on the first anniversary of the award, with the balance of the
options vesting monthly over the following three years.

91

In June 2018, the Company granted options to purchase 811,800 shares of common stock under the 2013 Plan,
which were originally awarded in December 2017, subject to and conditioned upon the approval by its stockholders of an
increase in the number of shares of common stock authorized under the 2013 Plan. These options have an exercise price equal
to the closing price of the Company's common stock on the applicable award date, and generally vest as to 50% of the
underlying shares on the first anniversary of the award, with the balance of the options vesting monthly over the following year.

The Company also granted options to purchase 3,919,956 shares of common stock under the 2013 Plan during the

year ended December 31, 2018. These options have an exercise price equal to the closing price of the Company's common
stock on the applicable award date, and generally vest as to 25% of the underlying shares on the first anniversary of the award,
with the balance of the options vesting monthly over the following three years, except with respect to options to purchase
3,389,300 shares of common stock granted in June 2018, which vest as to 50% of the underlying shares on the first anniversary
of the award, with the balance of the options vesting monthly over the following year.

The following table summarizes the allocation of stock-based compensation expense included in the consolidated

statements of operations for all stock-based compensation arrangements (in thousands):

Cost of sales

Selling, general & administrative
Research and development

Total

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

$

$

6,415

$

2,581

$

42,857
8,799

16,824
4,331

58,071

$

23,736

$

1,360

10,020
1,248

12,628

The total stock-based compensation capitalized as part of the cost of the Company’s inventories was $1.3 million

and $0.8 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

At December 31, 2019, the total unamortized stock-based compensation expense of approximately $104.0 million

will be recognized over the remaining weighted average vesting term of approximately three years.

The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model are as follows:

Stock Options

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

Weighted average grant date fair value (per share)

$

39.06

$

12.94

$

Risk-free interest rate

Expected dividend yield

Expected volatility

Expected term (in years)

Weighted average grant date fair value (per share)

Risk-free interest rate

Expected dividend yield

Expected volatility

Expected term (in years)

2.65

2.1%

0.0%

60.8%

5.8

2.1%

0.0%

71.8%

6.0

2.8%

0.0%

71.4%

5.7

ESPP

Year Ended December 31,

2019
30.32

$

2018
13.48

$

1.9%

0.0%

69.9%

1.3

2.5%

0.0%

81.2%

1.3

2017(1)
N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

(1) There were no grants made pursuant to the ESPP during the year ended December 31, 2017.

Risk-free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate assumption was based on the United States Treasury’s rates for

U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds with maturities similar to those of the expected term of the award being valued.

92

Expected Dividend Yield. The expected dividend yield is zero because the Company has never declared or paid any

cash dividends and does not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Expected Volatility. The expected volatility is estimated based on a weighted-average volatility of the Company’s

actual historical volatility since its initial public offering in November 2013, and the historical stock volatilities of a peer group
of similar companies whose share prices are publicly available. The Company continued to use the historical volatility of peer
entities during 2019 due to the lack of sufficient historical data of its stock price. The peer group consisted of other publicly
traded companies in the same industry and in a similar stage of development.

Expected Term. The Company utilized the simplified method for estimating the expected term of stock option

grants. Under this approach, the weighted-average expected term is presumed to be the average of the vesting term and the
contractual term of the option. The Company estimates the expected term of the ESPP using expected life for each tranche
during the two-year offering period.

The Company also estimates forfeitures at the time of grant, and revises those estimates in subsequent periods if

actual forfeitures differ from its estimates. Historical data was used to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record stock-
based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest.

7. Income Taxes

The components of income tax expense (benefit) were as follows (in thousands):

Current:

Federal

State

Foreign

Total current tax expense

Deferred:

Federal

State

Foreign

Total deferred income tax benefit

Income tax expense

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

$

— $

— $

86

88

174

(21)

(4)

—

(25)

$

149

$

51

—

51

—

—

—

—

51

$

—

8

—

8

—

—

—

—

8

The expense (benefit) for income taxes reconciles to the amount computed by applying the federal statutory rate to

loss before taxes as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,(1)

Income tax benefit at federal statutory rate

State income tax, net of federal benefit

Warrants revaluation

Research and development credits

Section 382 limitation

Stock-based compensation

Officers' compensation

Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017

Other

Change in valuation allowance

Income tax expense

$

$

93

2019

(5,167) $
(1,174)
2,326
(2,091)
25,043
(8,974)
3,133

—

972
(13,919)
149

2018
(25,738) $
(1,649)
13,964
(1,425)
—

1,362

—

—

681

12,856

2017
(24,829)
(2,034)
(347)
(480)
—

3,214

—

51,577

138
(27,231)
8

$

51

$

(1)

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, as a result of the 2017 Tax Act, the federal statutory rate was
21%. For the year ended and 2017, the federal statutory rate was 34%.

Significant components of the Company’s net deferred income tax assets at December 31, 2019 and 2018 are shown
below (in thousands). The Company assesses all available positive and negative evidence to estimate whether sufficient future
taxable income will be generated to permit use of the existing deferred tax assets. A significant piece of objective negative
evidence evaluated was the cumulative book loss incurred over the three-year period ended December 31, 2019. Such objective
evidence limits the ability to consider other subjective evidence, such as projections for future growth. On the basis of this
analysis, a valuation allowance of $109.6 million and $123.5 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, has been
recorded to offset the net deferred tax asset as realization of such asset is uncertain. The amount of the deferred tax asset
considered realizable, however, could be adjusted if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are
increased, or if objective negative evidence in the form of cumulative losses is no longer present and additional weight is given
to subjective evidence such as the Company’s projections for future growth.

Deferred tax assets:

Net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards

Research and development tax credits carryforwards
Capitalized research and development expenses

Accrued compensation

Lease liabilities

Other

Total deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Lease assets

Other

Total deferred tax liabilities

Less valuation allowance

Net deferred tax assets

December 31,

2019

2018

$

66,642

$

5,931
8,745

19,794

5,733

9,350

85,761

4,942
10,759

13,816

196

8,042

116,195

123,516

(4,570)
(2,026)
(6,596)
(109,599)

$

— $

—

—

—
(123,516)
—

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had accumulated federal and state NOL carryforwards of approximately
$248.7 million, and $250.8 million, respectively, Of the total federal net operating loss carryforwards, approximately $40.2
million were generated after January 1, 2018, and therefore do not expire. NOL generated after January 1, 2018, is subject to
80% limitation in accordance with the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017. The remaining federal net operating loss carryforwards
of $208.5 million will begin to expire in 2026, and state tax loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2020, unless previously
utilized. The remaining California NOL carryforwards of $154.4 million will begin expiring in 2028. The Company has no
foreign tax loss carryforwards as of December 31, 2019.

The Company also has federal and California research credit carryforwards of approximately $2.8 million and $7.9

million, respectively, as of December 31, 2019. The federal research credit carryforwards will begin expiring in 2028, unless
previously utilized. The California research credit will carry forward indefinitely.

In March 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation

(Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Shared-Based Payment Accounting (ASU 2016-09), which simplified how several
aspects of share-based payments are accounted for and presented in the consolidated financial statements. ASU 2016-09 was
effective for public companies, and was adopted by the Company, in 2017. Upon adoption of ASU 2016-09, the balance of
unrecognized excess tax benefits of approximately $1.8 million, for which a benefit could not be previously recognized, was
reversed with the impact recorded to retained earnings which was fully offset by a change to the valuation allowance.

94

Utilization of the Company's net operating loss and research credit carryforwards may be subject to a substantial

annual limitation due to ownership change limitations provided by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, and similar state provisions. The annual limitations may result in the expiration of net operating loss carryforwards
before utilization. The Company has completed an analysis through December 31, 2018 to determine whether its net operating
losses and credits are likely to be limited by Section 382. Based on this study, the Company determined that an ownership
change, as defined under Section 382, occurred in 2018 and the resulting limitation significantly reduced the Company’s ability
to utilize its net operating loss and credit carryovers before they expire. As a result, in 2019 the Company reduced its deferred
tax assets for the net operating loss and research credit carryforwards that are projected to expire unused with a corresponding
offset to the valuation allowance recorded against such assets. Additionally, future ownership changes under Section 382 may
also limit the Company's ability to fully utilize any remaining tax benefits.

The evaluation of uncertainty in a tax position is a two-step process. The first step involves recognition. The

Company determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon tax examination, including
resolution of any related appeals or litigation, based on only the technical merits of the position. The technical merits of a tax
position are derived from both statutory and judicial authority (legislation and statutes, legislative intent, regulations, rulings,
and case law) and their applicability to the facts and circumstances of the tax position. If a tax position does not meet the more-
likely-than-not recognition threshold, the benefit of that position is not recognized in the financial statements. The second step
is measurement. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured to determine the amount
of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The tax position is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater
than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate resolution with a taxing authority.

The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits at the

beginning and end of the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (in thousands):

Gross unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning of the year

Increases related to current year positions

Increases (decreases) related to prior year positions

Gross unrecognized tax benefits at the end of the year

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

2019

$

$

8,824

$

8,121

$

1,076
(3,320)
6,580

644

59

$

8,824

$

8,167

411
(457)
8,121

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $5.5 million of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized and

realized would impact the effective tax rate, subject to the valuation allowance.

The Company’s practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.
The Company had no accrual for interest and penalties on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and has not recognized
interest and penalties in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. The
Company does not expect any significant increases or decreases, other than the potential reduction as a result of the Section 382
limitation, to its unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months.

The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and various other state jurisdictions and, starting with 2018,
Canada. For the years ended December 31, 2019, the domestic and foreign components of loss before income taxes were $24.9
million and income before tax of $0.3 million, respectively. Prior to 2019, the losses were all domestic. The Company’s tax
years from 2006 (inception) are subject to examination by the United States and state authorities due to the carry forward of
unutilized NOLs and research and development credits.

In 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (2017 Tax Act) was enacted. The 2017 Tax Act included a number of changes to
existing U.S. tax laws that impacted the Company, most notably a reduction of the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 35% to
21% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017. The 2017 Tax Act also provided for the acceleration of depreciation for
certain assets placed in service after September 27, 2017 as well as prospective changes beginning in 2018, including additional
limitations on executive compensation, limitations on the deductibility of interest and capitalization of research and
development expenditures.

Reduction of the U.S. Corporate Income Tax Rate: The Company measures deferred tax assets and liabilities using

enacted tax rates that will apply in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to be recovered or paid.
Accordingly, the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities were remeasured in 2017 upon enactment of the 2017 Tax Act to
reflect the reduction in the U.S. corporate income tax rate from the highest graduated tax 35% to a 21% flat tax. As a result of
the tax rate change, in 2017 we recorded a decrease to our deferred tax assets of $51.6 million and the valuation allowance was
decreased by the same amount, resulting in no net tax expense.

95

The 2017 Tax Act no longer allows deductions for compensation in excess of $1.0 million for certain employees,

even if paid as commissions or performance-based compensation. It also subjects the principal executive officer, principal
financial officer and three other highest paid officers to the limitation and once the individual becomes a covered person, the
individual will remain a covered person for all future years.

8. Term Loan Agreement

In August 2018, the Company fully repaid the term loan made by Capital Royalty Partners II, L.P. and its affiliated

funds (CRG) pursuant to the Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement (Term Loan Agreement). The balance of the
outstanding debt during 2018 up until the time of repayment was $82.7 million, and was included in notes payable long-term in
the consolidated balance sheet, offset by the debt discount associated with financing fees and certain debt issuance costs. Such
discounts were amortized to interest expense over the term of the loan using the effective interest method. At the time of
repayment, the remaining unamortized debt discount of $5.3 million was accelerated and recognized as a loss on
extinguishment of debt in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018. The total repayment
amount of $88.8 million included approximately $1.1 million in accrued interest, and approximately $5.0 million in associated
financing fees that became due. As a result of the repayment, the Company did not have any borrowings outstanding under the
Term Loan Agreement as of December 31, 2019 or December 31, 2018.

Under the Term Loan Agreement, interest was payable at the Company’s option, (i) in cash at a rate of 11.5% per
annum, or (ii) at a rate of 9.5% of the 11.5% per annum in cash and 2.0% of the 11.5% per annum (PIK Loan) to be added to
the principal of the loan and subject to accruing interest.

The Company entered into a series of amendments to the Term Loan Agreement between 2016 and 2018, which

included the addition of a financing fee payable at the maturity of the Company’s loans, the issuance of 193,788 ten-year
warrants to CRG to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $23.50 per share, and certain other
minimum financing covenants. The financing fee was applicable to the entire aggregate principal amount of borrowings
outstanding, including total PIK Loans issued. As of December 31, 2019, the warrants to purchase 193,788 shares of the
Company's common stock at an exercise price of $23.50 per share remained outstanding.

9. Employee Benefits

Employee 401(k) Plan

The Company has a defined contribution 401(k) plan for employees in the United States who are at least 18 years of

age. Employees are eligible to participate in the plan beginning on the first day of the calendar month following their date of
hire. Unless they affirmatively elect otherwise, employees are automatically enrolled in the plan following 30 days from date of
rehire or entry date. Under the terms of the plan, employees may make voluntary contributions as a percent of compensation.
The Company does not provide a matching contribution program.

10. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal and Regulatory Matters

From time to time, the Company may be subject to legal proceedings or regulatory matters arising in the ordinary

course of business, including actions with respect to intellectual property, employment, regulatory, product liability and
contractual matters. In connection with these proceedings or matters, the Company regularly assesses the probability and
amount (or range) of possible issues based on the developments in these proceedings or matters. A liability is recorded in the
consolidated financial statements if it is determined that it is probable that a loss has been incurred, and that the amount (or
range) of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Because of the uncertainties related to any pending proceedings or matters, the
Company is currently unable to predict their ultimate outcome and, with respect to any legal proceeding or regulatory matter
where no liability has been accrued, to make a reasonable estimate of the possible loss (or range of loss) that could result from
an adverse outcome. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, there were no legal proceedings, regulatory matters, or other disputes or
claims for which a material loss was considered probable or for which the amount (or range) of loss was reasonably estimable.
However, regardless of the outcome, legal proceedings, regulatory matters, and other disputes and claims can have an adverse
impact on the Company because of legal costs, diversion of management time and resources, and other factors.

96

Operating Leases

The Company leases general office space, laboratory, manufacturing and warehouse facilities, and equipment under
noncancelable operating leases. These noncancelable operating leases have initial lease terms from one year to seven years, and
the majority of the Company's leases include an option to extend the term of the lease, generally for a period of three to five
years. The Company has the right to terminate the lease on the remaining Roselle Street buildings, which expires in May 2022,
effective May 31, 2021 upon (i) delivery of written notice to the landlord no later than June 1, 2020, and (ii) an early
termination payment to the landlord of approximately $0.4 million.

In connection with one of the operating leases, the Company has a $0.5 million unsecured standby letter of credit

arrangement with a bank under which the landlord of the building is the beneficiary. The expiration of the standby letter of
credit is July 15, 2022.

Future minimum payments due under noncancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2019 were as follows (in

thousands):

Year Ending December 31,

2020

2021

2022
2023

2024

Thereafter

Total

$

$

7,010

8,201

7,008
3,388

1,881

3,975

31,463

Future minimum payments due under operating leases of $23.1 million were included in operating lease liabilities

current and long-term in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2019 (see Note 5, "Leases"). The additional $8.3
million included in the above table consists of $8.2 million due under the lease of additional general office space located on
Shoreline Drive, Boise, Idaho, which we entered into in November of 2019, and $0.1 million related to short-term leases.
Minimum annual lease payments under the Shoreline Lease will be approximately $0.5 million in 2020, $1.1 million in 2021
and 2022, $1.2 million in 2023 and 2024, and $3.1 million thereafter. The Company currently estimates that it will
recognize the Shoreline Lease operating lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet upon the lease commencement in the
first quarter of 2020.

Purchase Obligations

The Company has agreements with suppliers and other parties to purchase inventory, other goods and services and

long-lived assets. Product inventory obligations primarily consist of purchase commitments for raw materials used in the
production of insulin pumps and cartridges, and finished goods infusion sets. Cancellation of outstanding purchase
commitments is generally allowed but requires payment of certain costs incurred through the date of cancellation. At December
31, 2019, obligations under our purchase agreements totaled $128.2 million, of which $112.2 million is due within one-year.

97

11. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The following financial information reflects all normal recurring adjustments that are, in the opinion of
management, necessary for a fair statement of the results of the interim periods. Quarterly financial information for fiscal 2019
and 2018 is presented in the following table, in thousands, except per share data:

2019
Sales
Gross profit
Operating expenses
Operating income (loss)
Net income (loss)
Basic net income (loss) per share (1)(2)
Diluted net income (loss) per share (1)(2)

2018
Sales
Gross profit
Operating expenses
Operating income (loss)
Net income (loss)
Basic net income (loss) per share (1)(2)
Diluted net income (loss) per share (1)(2)

March 31

For the Quarter Ended
June 30

September 30 December 31

$
$
$
$
$
$

$

$
$
$
$
$
$

$

65,995
$
33,353
$
$
44,350
(10,997) $
(22,992) $
(0.40) $
(0.40) $

$
27,277
$
11,404
26,889
$
(15,485) $
(32,693) $
(1.82) $
(1.82) $

93,255
$
49,904
$
$
51,769
(1,865) $
(1,512) $
(0.03) $
(0.03) $

$
34,126
$
15,087
29,084
$
(13,997) $
(59,359) $
(1.17) $
(1.17) $

94,657
$
50,683
$
$
56,687
(6,004) $
(2,901) $
(0.05) $
(0.09) $

$
46,264
$
21,796
37,505
$
(15,709) $
(34,245) $
(0.62) $
(0.62) $

108,398
60,272
58,128
2,144
2,652
0.04

0.04

76,199
41,535
40,975
560
3,686
0.06

0.02

(1) Net income (loss) per share is computed independently for each quarter and the full year based upon the respective

average shares outstanding in each period. Therefore, the sum of the quarterly per-share calculations may not equal the
reported annual per share amounts.

(2) With the exception of the third and fourth quarter of 2019, and the fourth quarter of 2018, there is no difference in the
weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted net income (loss) per share. (see Note 2, ''Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies'' for further details).

12. Subsequent Event

In January of 2020, the Company entered into a sub-lease agreement for approximately 30,703 square feet of

general office space located on High Bluff Drive, in San Diego, California (High Bluff Lease). Subject to limited exceptions,
the initial lease term is expected to commence in March 2020 and expires in March 2022. The Company currently estimates
that it will recognize right-of-use leased assets and corresponding operating lease liabilities of approximately $2.4 million on
the consolidated balance sheet upon the lease commencement in the first quarter of 2020. Future minimum payments due under
the High Bluff Lease of approximately $2.5 million are not included in the disclosure of future minimum payments due under
noncancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2019.

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

Not applicable.

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed

in our periodic and current reports that we file with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time
periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our
management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions
regarding required disclosure.

98

As of December 31, 2019, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our
management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and
operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act.
Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls
and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2019.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting

as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting is a process
designed under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and
principle financial officer, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America.

As of December 31, 2019, our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial

reporting using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal
Control-Integrated Framework, or 2013 Framework. Based on this assessment, our management concluded that, as of
December 31, 2019, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.

Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an attestation report on the

effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 as stated in its report, which is included
herein.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in management’s evaluation

pursuant to Rules 13a-15(d) or 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act during our last fiscal quarter that materially affected, or are
reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Limitation on Effectiveness of Controls

In designing and evaluating our controls and procedures, management recognized that any controls and procedures,

no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable and not absolute assurance of achieving the desired
control objectives. In reaching a reasonable level of assurance, management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in
evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness
of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or
overriding of the controls and procedures. In addition, the design of any system of controls is based in part upon certain
assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its
stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions,
or the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective
control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

As discussed above, Mr. Sheridan, our principal executive officer, and Ms. Vosseller, our principal financial and

accounting officer, are involved in a personal relationship and share a primary residence. While our board of directors is
informed of the relationship and appropriate actions have been taken to ensure compliance with Company policies and
procedures, the existence of this relationship may create additional risk, or the perception of additional risk, that our controls
and procedures may not be effective.

99

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established
in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013
framework), (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the
consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations and
comprehensive loss, stockholders‘ equity (deficit), and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the
related notes and our report dated February 24, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over
Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance
with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists,
testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of
records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or
that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Diego, California
February 24, 2020

100

Item 9B.

Other Information.

Not applicable.

101

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

PART III

Certain information regarding our executive officers and family relationships is set forth in the section of this

Annual Report entitled “Business” in Part I, Item 1.

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our Chief Executive Officer and other senior

financial officers (our Chief Financial Officer, Vice President of Finance, Controller and other senior financial officers
performing similar functions), which we refer to as the Code of Ethics (Senior Financial Officers). Our Code of Ethics (Senior
Financial Officers) is designed to meet the requirements of Section 406 of Regulation S-K and the rules promulgated
thereunder. We will promptly disclose on our website (i) the nature of any amendment to this Code of Ethics (Senior Financial
Officers) that applies to any covered person, and (ii) the nature of any waiver, including an implicit waiver, from a provision of
this Code of Ethics (Senior Financial Officers) that is granted to one of the covered persons. We have also adopted a code of
business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our directors and employees, which we refer to as the Code of Ethics
(Directors and Employees). The Code of Ethics (Senior Financial Officers) and the Code of Ethics (Directors and Employees)
are available on our website at www.tandemdiabetes.com under the Investor Center section of the website. However, the
information contained on or accessed through our website does not constitute part of this Annual Report, and references to our
website address in this Annual Report are inactive textual references only.

The information required by this item that is not referenced or set forth above, will be set forth in our definitive
Proxy Statement for our 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, or our Proxy Statement, or in an amendment to this Annual
Report, to be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, and is
incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.

Executive Compensation.

The information required by this item will be set forth in our Proxy Statement, or in an amendment to this Annual

Report, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

The information required by this item will be set forth in our Proxy Statement, or in an amendment to this Annual

Report, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The information required by this item will be set forth in our Proxy Statement, or in an amendment to this Annual

Report, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

The information required by this item will be set forth in our Proxy Statement, or in an amendment to this Annual

Report, and is incorporated herein by reference.

102

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report:

PART IV

1. Financial Statements. The following documents are included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report and are

incorporated by reference herein:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

........................................................................................................

Page
70

Consolidated Balance Sheets

.......................................................................................................................................................

72

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

..............................................................................................
.........................................................................................................

73

74

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

.......................................................................................................................................

75

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

................................................................................................................................

76

2. Financial Statement Schedules. Financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not required or

are not applicable, or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

3. Exhibits.

Exhibit
Number
3.1

3.2

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5
4.6

4.7

10.1

Exhibit Description
Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation (as amended through
August 17, 2018 and currently in
effect)

Amended and Restated Bylaws as
currently in effect.

Description of Capital Stock

Form of Common Stock Certificate.

Third Amended and Restated
Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated
August 30, 2012.

Form of Warrant to Purchase Stock.

Form of Preferred Stock Warrant.
Form of Series A Warrant to Purchase
Common Stock.

Form of Series B Warrant to Purchase
Common Stock.

Amended and Restated Term Loan
Agreement, dated April 4, 2014, by
and among Tandem Diabetes Care,
Inc., Capital Royalty Partners II L.P.,
Capital Royalty Partners II—Parallel
Fund “A” L.P., Capital Royalty
Partners II (Cayman) L.P. and Capital
Royalty Partners II—Parallel Fund
“B” (Cayman) L.P.

Incorporated by Reference

Form
10-Q

File No.
001-36189

Date of
First Filing
1-Nov-18

Exhibit
Number
3.1

Provided
Herewith

X

S-1/A

333-191601

1-Nov-13

3.5

S-1/A

S-1

333-191601

1-Nov-13

333-191601

7-Oct-13

S-1

S-1
8-K

8-K

333-216531

8-Mar-17

333-191601
001-36189

7-Oct-13
13-Oct-17

001-36189

13-Oct-17

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4
4.1

4.2

10-Q

001-36189

6-May-14

10.1

103

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10

Term Loan Agreement, dated April 4,
2014, by and among Tandem
Diabetes Care, Inc., Capital Royalty
Partners II, L.P., Capital Royalty
Partners II—Parallel Fund “A” L.P.,
Parallel Investment Opportunities
Partners II L.P. and Capital Royalty
Partners II (Cayman) L.P.

Consent and Amendment Agreement,
dated June 20, 2014, by and among
Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc., Capital
Royalty Partners II L.P., Capital
Royalty Partners II—Parallel Fund
“A” L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II
(Cayman) L.P., Capital Royalty
Partners II—Parallel Fund
“B” (Cayman) L.P. and Parallel
Investment Opportunities Partners II
L.P.

Omnibus Amendment Agreement No.
2, dated February 23, 2015, by and
among Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.,
Capital Royalty Partners II L.P.,
Capital Royalty Partners II—Parallel
Fund “A” L.P., Capital Royalty
Partners II (Cayman) L.P., Capital
Royalty Partners II—Parallel Fund
“B” (Cayman) L.P. and Parallel
Investment Opportunities Partners II
L.P.

Amendment No. 3 to Term Loan
Agreement, dated January 8, 2016,
by and among Tandem Diabetes
Care, Inc., Capital Royalty Partners II
L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II—
Parallel Fund “A” L.P., Capital
Royalty Partners II (Cayman) L.P.,
and Capital Royalty Partners II—
Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P.

Waiver and Amendment No. 4 to
Term Loan Agreement, dated March
7, 2017, by and among Tandem
Diabetes Care, Inc., Capital Royalty
Partners II L.P., Capital Royalty
Partners II—Parallel Fund “A” L.P.,
Capital Royalty Partners II (Cayman)
L.P., and Capital Royalty Partners II
—Parallel Fund “B” (Cayman) L.P.

Waiver and Amendment No. 5 to
Term Loan Agreement, dated
February 5, 2018, by and among
Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc., Capital
Royalty Partners II L.P., Capital
Royalty Partners II—Parallel Fund
“A” L.P., Capital Royalty Partners II
(Cayman) L.P., and Capital Royalty
Partners II—Parallel Fund
“B” (Cayman) L.P.

Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. 2006
Stock Incentive Plan.

Form of Stock Option Agreement
under 2006 Stock Incentive Plan.

Form of Restricted Stock Purchase
Agreement under 2006 Stock
Incentive Plan.

10-Q

001-36189

6-May-14

10.2

10-Q

001-36189

31-Jul-14

10.3

10-Q

001-36189

30-Apr-15

10.1

10-K

001-36189

24-Feb-16

10.5

S-1

333-216531

8-Mar-17

10.6

8-K

001-36189

7-Feb-18

10.1

333-191601

7-Oct-13

333-191601

7-Oct-13

333-191601

7-Oct-13

10.3

10.4

10.5

S-1

S-1

S-1

104

10.11

10.12

10.13

10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17

10.18

10.19

10.20

10.21

10.22

10.23

10.24

10.25

Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.
Amended and Restated 2013 Stock
Incentive Plan.

Form of Stock Option Agreement
under 2013 Stock Incentive Plan.

Form of Stock Option Agreement
under 2013 Stock Incentive Plan
(Non-Employee Directors).

Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.
Amended and Restated 2013
Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. 2018
Cash Bonus Plan.

Employee Offer Letter, dated July 8,
2013, by and between Tandem
Diabetes Care, Inc. and David B.
Berger.

Employee Offer Letter, dated
February 1, 2013, by and between
Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. and John
F. Sheridan.

Employee Offer Letter, dated January
12, 2016, by and between Tandem
Diabetes Care, Inc. and Brian B.
Hansen.

Employment Severance Agreement,
dated February 1, 2016, by and
between Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.
and Brian B. Hansen.

Amended and Restated Employment
Severance Agreement, dated
November 4, 2013, by and between
Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. and
Kim D. Blickenstaff.

2018 Compensation Agreement,
effective as of January 5, 2018, by
and between Tandem Diabetes Care,
Inc. and Kim D. Blickenstaff.

Amended and Restated Employment
Severance Agreement, dated
November 4, 2013, by and between
Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. and
John F. Sheridan.

Amended and Restated Employment
Severance Agreement, dated
November 4, 2013, by and between
Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. and
David B. Berger.

Amended and Restated Employment
Severance Agreement, dated
November 4, 2013, by and between
Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. and
Susan M. Morrison.

Amended and Restated Employment
Severance Agreement dated August
2, 2017, by and between the
Company and Leigh A. Vosseller.

DEF 14A

001-36189

26-Apr-18 Appendix B

S-1/A

333-191601

1-Nov-13

S-1/A

333-191601

1-Nov-13

10.7

10.8

DEF 14A

001-36189

26-Apr-18 Appendix C

10-Q

001-36189

30-Jul-18

10.4

S-1

333-191601

7-Oct-13

10.12

S-1

333-191601

7-Oct-13

10.13

8-K

001-36189

2-Feb-16

10.1

8-K

001-36189

2-Feb-16

10.2

S-1/A

333-191601

8-Nov-13

10.14

10-Q

001-36189

30-Jul-18

10.3

S-1/A

333-191601

8-Nov-13

10.17

S-1/A

333-191601

8-Nov-13

10.18

S-1/A

333-191601

8-Nov-13

10.19

S-1

333-222553

16-Jan-18

10.25

10.26

Form of Indemnification Agreement.

S-1

333-191601

7-Oct-13

10.11

105

10.27

10.28

10.29

10.30

10.31

10.32

10.33

10.34

10.35

10.36

23.1

24.1

31.1

31.2

Confidential Intellectual Property
Agreement, dated July 10, 2012, by
and between Tandem Diabetes Care,
Inc. and Smiths Medical ASD, Inc.

Amended and Restated Development
and Commercialization Agreement,
dated January 4, 2013, by and
between Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.
and DexCom, Inc.

Amendment No. 1 to Amended and
Restated Development and
Commercialization Agreement, dated
September 24, 2015, by and between
Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. and
DexCom, Inc.

Development Agreement, dated June
4, 2015 by and between Tandem
Diabetes Care, Inc. and Dexcom, Inc.

Lease Agreement, dated March 7,
2012, as amended through November
5, 2013, by and between Tandem
Diabetes Care, Inc. and
ARE-11025/11075 Roselle Street,
LLC.

Fourth Amendment to Lease, dated
December 27, 2017, by and between
Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. and
ARE-11025/11075 Roselle Street,
LLC

Lease Agreement, dated November 5,
2013, by and between Tandem
Diabetes Care, Inc. and
ARE-11025/11075 Roselle Street,
LLC.

First Amendment to Lease, dated
December 27, 2017, by and between
Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. and
ARE-11025/11075 Roselle Street,
LLC

Lease Agreement, dated June 30,
2016, by and between Tandem
Diabetes Care, Inc. and ARE-SD
REGION NO. 36, LLC.

Lease Agreement, dated November
14, 2019, by and between Tandem
Diabetes Care, Inc. and Ameri Shore
LLC.

Consent of Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm.

Power of Attorney (included on the
signature page).

Certification of John F. Sheridan,
Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002.

Certification of Leigh A. Vosseller,
Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002.

S-1/A

333-191601

8-Nov-13

10.20

10-Q

001-36189

29-Oct-15

10.1

10-Q

001-36189

29-Oct-15

10.2

10-Q/A

001-36189

9-Nov-18

10.5

S-1/A

333-191601

8-Nov-13

10.1

8-K

001-36189

3-Jan-18

10.2

S-1/A

333-191601

8-Nov-13

10.21

8-K

001-36189

3-Jan-18

10.1

10-Q

001-36189

28-Jul-16

10.3

106

X

X

X

X

X

32.1***

32.2***

Certification of John F. Sheridan,
Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to
U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of Leigh A. Vosseller,
Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to
U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS

XBRL Instance Document.

101.SCH

101.CAL

101.DEF

101.LAB

101.PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
Document.

XBRL Taxonomy Extension
Calculation Linkbase Document.

XBRL Taxonomy Extension
Definition Linkbase Document.

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label
Linkbase Document.

XBRL Taxonomy Extension
Presentation Linkbase Document.

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

*
** Confidential treatment has been granted with respect to certain portions of this exhibit pursuant to an application for

confidential treatment sent to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Such portions are omitted from this filing and
have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

*** This certification is not deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise

subject to the liability of that section. Such certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing
under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent that the registrant specifically
incorporates it by reference.

107

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly

caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.

By:

/s/ John F. Sheridan
John F. Sheridan
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

Date: February 24, 2020

108

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby

constitutes and appoints John F. Sheridan and Leigh A. Vosseller, and each of them individually, his true and lawful attorneys-
in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place, and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other
documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be
done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to
be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report has been signed below by

the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ JOHN F. SHERIDAN

John F. Sheridan

/s/ LEIGH A. VOSSELLER

Leigh A. Vosseller

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive
Officer)

February 24, 2020

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

February 24, 2020

/s/ DICK P. ALLEN

Lead Independent Director

February 24, 2020

Dick P. Allen

/s/ KIM D. BLICKENSTAFF

Executive Chairman of the Board

February 24, 2020

Kim D. Blickenstaff

/s/ EDWARD L. CAHILL

Director

Edward L. Cahill

/s/ HOWARD E. GREENE, JR.

Director

Howard E. Greene, Jr.

/s/ REBECCA ROBERTSON

Director

Rebecca Robertson

/s/ DOUGLAS A. ROEDER

Director

Douglas A. Roeder

/s/ CHRISTOPHER J. TWOMEY Director

Christopher J. Twomey

/s/ RICHARD VALENCIA

Director

Richard Valencia

109

February 24, 2020

February 24, 2020

February 24, 2020

February 24, 2020

February 24, 2020

February 24, 2020

EXECUTIVE TEAM

John Sheridan
President and Chief Executive Officer

Brian Hansen
EVP and Chief Commercial Officer

David Berger
EVP and Chief Legal and Compliance Officer

Susan Morrison
EVP and Chief Administrative Officer

Elizabeth Gasser
EVP, Strategy and Corporate Development

Leigh Vosseller
EVP and Chief Financial Officer

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Kim Blickenstaff
Chairman

Dick Allen
Lead Independent Director

Edward Cahill

John Sheridan

Howard (Ted) Greene, Jr.

Christopher Twomey

Rebecca Robertson

Richard Valencia

Douglas Roeder

COMPANY & INVESTOR INFORMATION

Corporate Headquarters
11075 Roselle Street
San Diego, CA 92121
(858) 366-6900

Annual Meeting
The annual meeting of Tandem Diabetes Care stock-
holders will be held on Wednesday, May 27, 2020. We 
intend to hold the meeting in person at 3:00 pm Pacific
Time at 10935 Vista Sorrento Parkway, San Diego,
California 92130. However, we are actively monitoring
the impact of the coronavirus, and if it is not advisable to
hold this meeting in person, we will announce alternative
arrangements as promptly as practicable, which may
include switching to a virtual or hybrid meeting format, or
changing its time, date or location. Any changes will be
announced via press release and additional proxy mate-
rials filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Stock Listing
Ticker symbol: TNDM
The NASDAQ Global Market

Transfer Agent
American Stock Transfer
& Trust Company, LLC
6201 15th Avenue
Brooklyn, NY 11219
www.astfinancial.com

Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm
Ernst & Young LLP
4370 La Jolla Village Drive, Suite 500
San Diego, CA 92122

Stockholder Inquiries
Stockholders may obtain copies of our news
releases, Securities and Exchange Commission filings, 
including Forms 10-K, 10-Q, and 8-K, and other
Company information by accessing our website at
www.tandemdiabetes.com or by contacting Investor
Relations at (858) 366-6900 x7005.

Forward-looking Statements
This annual report contains forward-looking statements
within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All statements
included or incorporated by reference in this Annual
Report other than statements of historical fact, are 
forward-looking statements. You can identify these and
other forward-looking statements by the use of words
such as “may,” “will,” “could,” “anticipate,” “expect,”
“intend,” “believe,” “continue” or the negative of such
terms, or other comparable terminology. Forward-
looking statements also include the assumptions
underlying or relating to such statements.

Our actual results could differ materially from those
anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a
result of various factors. Readers are cautioned not to 
place undue reliance on forward-looking statements.
The forward-looking statements speak only as of the
date on which they are made and we undertake no
obligation to update such statements to reflect events
that occur or circumstances that exist after the date on
which they are made except as required by law.

© 2020 Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. All rights reserved.
Tandem Diabetes Care, Basal-IQ and our company logo 
are registered trademarks and t:slim X2 and Control-IQ
are trademarks of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. All other 
trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

11075 Roselle Street
San Diego, CA 92121

tandemdiabetes.com